#he probably made them go through a lot of education to make them executives yet none of them picked up basic medical knowledge
Explore tagged Tumblr posts
Text
icb that the go-to method of Dazai, the demon prodigy, one of the smartest people in bsd universe, and Chuuya, who knows enough physics to calculate and avoid incoming bullets while driving a bike on building walls, to wake the passed out people is to drop them repeatedly from above...
#their braincells get replaced with gay cells whenever they're in vicinity of each other#mori is probably crying in the corner as a former doctor#he probably made them go through a lot of education to make them executives yet none of them picked up basic medical knowledge#bungou stray dogs#bsd#dazai osamu#nakahara chuuya#bungo stray dogs#soukoku
189 notes
·
View notes
Text
followers of fate (spideychelle fic)
Michelle Jones works the same shift at Caff's Coffee every week. A repetitive routine that pays well enough for her to put college tuition at the back of her head. When a mousy brunette walks in, she can't help but observe him. When she finds out they have the same classes, it gets even harder.
Peter Parker is a mess. A poster child of the college experience. Red Bull and ramen, on death's doorstep (figuratively). When he walks into Caff's for a coffee, he can't help but notice the barista. When he notices her staring at him in a lecture, he calls it fate.
OR
An eventual romance that stems from coffee, academia, and the journey of falling in love.
https://archiveofourown.org/works/46947886/chapters/118265212
--------------
CHAPTER 1:Â Caff's Coffee (A meet-cute)
Itâs strange how the simplest people can catch oneâs eye.
You spend so much time in life going through the motions that you donât realize what you were doing before you met your best friend. Your rival. Even your partner.
A moment in time that shifts the course of your entire life.
*****
Michelle worked her part-time shift at Caffâs Coffee , a small cafe on Westly and Third. It was near Brownâs University, where she spent copious hours hunched over her notes and procrastinating. She was not sure what she wanted to do with her life yet but at the ripe age of 18, she was reading about political thinkers and writing essays. Lotâs.
âMichelle, can you take over cash?â
She saw his shadow before she saw him. Cade. Her 6â tall and hip manager is in his 20âs. Not in college or university or further education like most of her work associates. Not sure how he ended up running this cafe but he was understanding and paid well.
No arguments from her.
She rolled her eyes at him.
âDude. You know I hate people.â
Cade shrugged his shoulders, the AC causing his usual grey flannel to ruffle like a wave, the buttons shifting back and forth.
âNot my problem,â he responded, voice assertive yet kind. âYou chose to work here with the knowledge that working cash was a requirement. Congrats, weâre understaffed.â
He waved his hand towards her in a shooing motion.
She grumbled under her breath but walked towards the counter nonetheless.
âHow can I help you?â She mumbled, trying to keep the edge of her voice dull as she looked at the register, ready to type in the order.
âCan I get a drink with the most caffeine?â
Michelle bit back a grumble, begging the world to swallow her whole. Kids always came here asking for caffeine, yet get mad when the drink makes them feel on edge.
She crossed her arms and looked up.
The kid seemed friendly; he had mousy brown hair and almost too-pale skin. She made the executive decision to loosen up. She noted his bloodshot eyes and deep eye bags.
Letâs cut this kid some slack.
âWe can do that for you. However, I think what you really need is sleep. A lot of it. In fact, you should be cast in a time-accurate version of sleeping beauty.â
She tacked on her customer-service smileâshe could feel her cheeks.
The kid grinned at her, eyes crinkled and a soft smile.
He shook his head vigorously. He was a common brunette, but something about him stood out. Maybe it was his calm stature or his unkempt hair.
âCanât. I have an exam today. Not ready.â He stumbled over his words. It was like each word was fighting to escape his throat before the other.
She sighed.
âAll right man, I hope it goes well. Most people do not like our most caffeinated drink, Nitro cold brew with a double shot of espresso.â
âIâll take it.â
She believed him.
âAll right,â she muttered, typing his order in while going through the motions. âCredit or debit?â
âActually-
Michelle looked up at him.
âDo you take cash?â He pulled at his necklace, a silver chain with what appeared to have a charm. The letter B. Probably the first letter of his name. Ben? Basil? Brett?
She shuddered. Brett did not suit him as a name at all.
âHey?â
Shoot.
âSorry, yea we take cash. Your total is $3.52.â
He fiddled with his pockets and dropped the coins into her palm.
She scanned them quickly and placed them into the registrar.
âYour order will be on the other side of the counter shortly.â
He smiled in response and headed to wait for his order.
Donât say anything. Donât-
âHey, man!â
The kid turned to look at her.
âGood luck with your exam. I hope the coffee doesnât kill you.â
âYou better make sure that it doesnât,â he grinned in response. âThanks. Iâm Peter by the way.â
She chewed at her lip and gave what she hoped was a smile in response.
âMichelle.â
âNice to meet you, Michelle.â
She coughed into her sleeve.
âYou too.â
He walked away.
She observed Peter as she made his drink. His skinny fingers picked at his maroon hoodie, eyes lost in thought.
She scooped and dumped the ice into the plastic (hopefully biodegradable?) cup. Pulled the coffee from the machine next, content to hear the steady spill of espresso. She was aware of her left foot tapping in beat with whatever playlist was playing on the cafe speakers.
Michelle finished making the drink, capping the lid on with a satisfying click.
She picked out an oatmeal raisin cookie and packaged it, then headed over to the counter where Peter stood, shifting his feet from side to side.
âHereâs your order.â She said as she slipped the drink towards him and the cookie, crinkling in its bag.
Peter grabbed the drink and furrowed his brows.
âI think there was a mistake, I didnât order that.â
âItâs no mistake,â She replied confidently. âItâs yours. For after the exam. To celebrate .â
Peter froze.
She nudged it towards him.
âCome on, Peter. I have other customers to serve.â
As if shaken out of a trance, he grabbed it slowly.
âThank you, Michelle.â
âWhat are you thanking me for, you paid for it.â
He looked inside the bag and squinted at the board.
âYes, I did, didnât I?â Peter responded with a grin.
Before she could respond, coins tumbled out of his hands and onto the counter in front of her. Exactly the price of the cookie.
All she could do was glare as he bolted out of the shop with a loud, âTHANK YOU!â
She could see Cade's shadow before she could see him.
âDonât start,â she warned, raising a finger.
Cade shrugged and walked away.
Michelle went back to work, taking customers' orders. Boring orders, she might add.
A small part of her hoped Peter would show up again if only to give her a chance to lecture him on not accepting gifts.
Another part of her cringed at her actions.
You were going to give a customer you just met⊠a free cookie?
Pull it together Michelle.
She hopes his exam went well.
Gosh darn-it.
If she didnât pull it together soon, she might actually want to take peopleâs orders.
#spideychelle#spideychellefic#authorwrotesomething#a03fanfic#marvelfanfic#michellejonesfic#fanfiction#meetcute#spideychelle meet cute#peterparker fic#i forget you can tag with spaces#a03 writer
1 note
·
View note
Text
Running In Circles - Chapter 2
Word Count:Â 2,663
Characters: Female Reader Rossi Character, Aaron Hotchner, David Rossi, Derek Morgan, Spencer Reid, Jennifer âJJâJareau, Emily Prentiss, Penelope Garcia
Story Description: (Y/N) Rossi is following in her fatherâs footsteps by joining the BAU team as a profiler. The girl genius knew almost everything but she could have never predicted falling for Aaron Hotchner, her boss and her fatherâs friend. in their world mutual feelings are not enough to push them together. Will all the adversities and obstacles they face pull them together or push them apart forever?
*DISCLAIMER* I do not own in any way Criminal Minds, all credits of the pre-established characters, script, and storyline belong to Jeff Davis and CBS Network. The only thing I own is Arden Rossi, any upcoming characters, and her storyline, as well as her effects in the othersâ story line.
Chapter:Â 2/?
Chapter Description: The team goes back to work as Aaron Hotchner considers retiring from the team and spend time with his son. (Y/n) canât help but provide emotional support for the Hotchner boys.
A/N: I enjoy angst and slow burns way too much XD. If you enjoy my writing Iâll also be posting them in AO3 and Wattpad along with other stories (I also hope to start taking requests if yaâll want) Hope you enjoy and all constructive criticism is encouraged.
<- Previous | Next->
Chapter 2
Once it was over, the interviews came. We knew the story. We lived it. The case was open and shut. They could try and make us pint it all on Hotch, the easy way out, but we knew better. And we would stand next to our unit chief whatever the price.
Haleyâs funeral was no easier than being at the scene. It was a somber day and the sadness was imprinted in us. We all walked with dropped shoulders and a tight chest. I stood between Derek and Reid, using Morgan as support because I felt that my legs would give out at any moment. My father stood behind me rubbing circles on my back to comfort me. As we laid the roses on top of the casket, we laid to rest the life of Haley, a woman I only knew through the loving words Hotch spoke of.
The group did not know what to do to help the heartbroken man. It would take time to heal even just the smallest bit of his heart. All we could hope for was that he would come back to the team.
At the worst possible moment, the phone rings. No other team available and someone in need, we had to go to work. We all rolled our eyes or shook our heads; this was the job. But would it be the same without him?
I went to Hotch before we left and gave him a hug.
âCall me if you guys need anything,â he said.
âJust take care of your son,â I smiled, and he softly returned one of his own. I squeezed his shoulder reassuringly and left to join the team.
On the plane, we were caught up with the case. We stored all our feelings and got the machines running. We needed to finish this quickly and perfectly.
Two women, both brunettes and young, high-powered executives, murdered in their own homes, the floor around them decorated with flower petals. After Emily and Derek visited the crime scene, we had another part of the puzzle, the unsub was stalking his victims. Everything just seemed so perfect and staged, there was no way he was not prepared.
I stayed with JJ in the station working on the announcement and trying to figure something else from the details provided and the crime scene photos, but JJ could see my head wasnât in it completely for the first time.
âHey,â she said, taking my attention from the piece of paper I had been eyeing for the past five minutes. âWhatâs on your mind? Talk to me.â
âIs it wrong that I feel bad for being here?â I sighed. âWorking like nothingâs happened.â
âOf course not, we all feel a bit guilty,â she smiled. âI know you most of all.â
My eyes opened in shock.
âOh, come on, (Y/N). Everyone knows you have a not-so-secret crush on Hotch,â she laughed. âThe only one that canât see it is him. And probably your dad. Parents can be quite oblivious to their childrenâs feelings in this way.â
My head flew into my hands to cover the embarrassment that was flooding my cheeks. It was one thing to assume the whole team knew, another was to have it confirmed.
âItâs okay, (Y/N), weâll see what comes of it. What I can say is that you canât let this stop you from doing your job.â
She smiled one last time and it was all I needed to push Aaron Hotchner to the back of my mind and bring the case forward.
âFind anything?â My father asked entering the small room at the police station, Reid following behind.
âSeveral people had access to each home,â I said rubbing my temple. âHousekeeper, gardener, pool cleaner, dog walkerâŠâ
âEach with their own key and an alibi to match,â JJ added, an annoyed tone rolling off her tongue.
âAny crossover?â
âNone. We even vetted delivery people and utility workers.â I sighed.
âGarcia, do you have anything?â Reid said, sitting down.
âThereâs no hits at the prints at all. But I did what Sir Derek there asked, and I created a paper trail,â Penny explained. âThereâs no cross-over between the two victims themselves in the weeks leading up to their murders, but they did run in similar circles.â
Penelope continued to explain how both victims lived quite a lavish and high-class lifestyle as Emily and Derek joined us. We figured this man would fit right in this crowd. Educated, intelligent, a gentleman. What we had yet to pinpoint was how the unsub entered the homes with no signs of forced entry. It was clear we were not going to make any headway tonight and Derek knew it too. So, he decided we should be done for the day and we would come back tomorrow well-rested and with fresh eyes.
That night I laid in the bed of my hotel room staring at the ceiling. All I could think of was Hotch and everything he was going through. I could only imagine.
And as if by fate, my phone rang. Aaron Hotchner.
âHello?â
âOh,â Hotch said surprised. âDid I wake you?â
âNo, I havenât been able to sleep.â
âHow come?â
âI donât know,â I sighed. âI guess Iâm just worried about you.â
He chuckled softly. âYou really shouldnât.â
âBut I do, Hotch.â
He stayed silent, only his slow breathing was heard through the phone.
âDid I fail her?â He asked after some minutes of comfortable silence.
âAbsolutely not.â
âI promised her that I would catch Foyet and spend the rest of my life making it up to her.â
âAnd you still can.â
âButâ he exhaled loudly. âHow?â
âBy being the best father you can be to Jack and continue living your life in the best way you can.â
âYou know, Dave told me that I had to figure out what kind of father I wanted to be and then Iâd know what to do. But I have no idea what that is.â
âHotchâŠâ
âIâm serious,â he interrupted. âI donât know what kind of father I am. I catch killers. I save lives. Iâm a hero until my key hits the front door, and then Iâm just the father whoâs never there. Haley was raising Jack all by herself and that was my support blanket. I was able to do my job because I knew he was cared for by another parent. A better parent.â
He sobbed softly as the last words escaped his mouth.
âIâm going to stop you right there,â I said, trying my best not to sound angry. âTo that little boy, you are the only real hero that exists. He knows that when youâre not home itâs because youâre out here catching the bad guys like Foyet and making the world better for his sake. He knows that everything you do is out of love for him.
You know, when I was little my dad was absent quite a lot because of this job, but there was one thing that I knew for sure, that he loved me more than anything and that he worked better and faster because he wanted to come back home to me. And never ever have I resented him for leaving and catching the bad guys. Heâs the reason I became an FBI agent.
You are an amazing father and anything you choose will be the right thing for Jack.â
After a minute of sobs, Hotch started to calm down.
âThank you, (Y/N). You have no idea how much I needed that right now,â he cleared his throat. âHowâs the case going?â
âNope,â I laughed. âNot going to talk about the case.â
âReally?â He chuckled.
âYes, Hotch. Take a breather. You deserve it.â
âOkay, okay,â he said, and I could hear his smile through the phone.
We had been talking for about an hour when I heard him yawn.
âSeems youâre getting sleepy there, Hotchner.â I laughed. âWe should both get some rest. If itâs 3 am over here it must be 2 am in Washington. So, good night and see you soon.â
âGood night, (Y/N). Again, thank you. Sweet dreams.â And he hung up.
And finally, I drifted to sleep.
The next morning, we were up and ready for business.
âWe believe our unsub is already with his next victim,â my father started. âIf he matches the patter, sheâll be a successful woman, probably brunette, early 30s to mid-40s. Sheâll be at home in Nashvilleâs upper echelon.â
âThis means that he fits in,â I explained. âHe drives the right car, he wears the right clothes, heâs highly intelligent. He probably comes from a place of status.â
âThis guyâs sociable and heâs endearing,â said Morgan. âYou would never suspect that this man is capable of murder. But he will do whatever it takes to protect the fantasy that heâs trying to relive.â
âItâs this fantasy which fuels his drive. Heâs reliving a romantic evening and recreating it with each of his victims.â
âHe most likely had a relationship taken away from him,â Derek crossed his arms. âSo, look at men who have lost loved ones or have gone through a messy divorce.â
After finishing with the profile, we set out to establishments that fit the criteria to possibly get a suspect. As we worked, we got a call. Another crime scene, but this one was different.
A male victim. Overkill on the female. Something made him change his M.O.
Out in the garage, Reid and I looked for any sort of clues and I noticed his sight direct to the car. There may be another way we could connect the victims and how the unsub made their way into their homes.
Finally, Garcia had something with the hunch Spencer had figured. She overlaid all the geographical routes the victims had taken against the geo profile to show what we were missing with any paper trail. Although it was not a clear answer, Erika Silverman was the only one that did not fit the extravagant lifestyle and she only went and came from her work or her home. Except on Tuesday, where she went to the Botanical Gardens, what was she doing there? JJ, Reid, and I left for the gardens to find out.
And just as we had suspected, there had been an event to which Erika had attended. And a puzzle piece revealed itself.
âAn event up here would be a hard sell for women in heels,â JJ commented.
âWell, most of our private events hire valets to drive the cars down to the base of the park so they donât have to hike it up the hill.â
âWho had access to your keys but goes unseen?â Reid asked.
âAnd to your GPS,â I added.
âDealerships program your home address into the navigation system before your car even leaves the lot.â
âHe had turn-by-turn directions straight to her front door and the keys to get him inside,â I pointed.
We now had how he got his victims and how he entered their house without force. Now, all we had to do was pinpoint his next victim and see who he was.
JJ was instructed to get dad and Prentiss to pick up the owner of the valet service used in the event, and Derek, Reid, and I stayed behind to canvass the employees. We could catch this guy in action unless he had already gotten his next victim.
Joe Belser. That was our unsub. With the profile, the owner was able to point out the suspect quickly. And off we were.
JJ, Reid, and I headed to the venue and the rest of the team went to Belserâs house. He wasnât in the apartment, but they had found the meaning behind the roses and universal garage door openers. In the venue, Reid called Garcia to see which of the VIP guests could be the next potential victim.
Ann Herron was the next victim, and he was already at her house.
âFBI! PUT IT DOWN!â Derek screamed, blinding Joe with his flashlight. I walked in from behind Derek and kneed Belserâs stomach. He fell to the ground groaning and Emily grabbed the man by the throat to immobilize him.
âFantasyâs over,â she spat. âIs that what you did to them? You hit them to shut them up and then forced them to play along with your sick delusion?â
 âI love them,â Joe said sinisterly.
âYouâre finally gonna meet your soulmate, Joe,â I added from behind Prentiss. âIn prison.â
âOnly youâre not gonna be able to push him around like you did those women,â Emily continued. âAnd when he comes for you in the middle of the night, when youâre least expecting it, you do me a favor. Play along.âÂ
She stood the man up forcibly and put him in handcuffs and I went outside to check on the victim.
âHow is she?â Derek asked walking out of the house with my father.
âSheâs strong,â I said closing the ambulance door. âSheâll make it. But you donât survive something like that without scars.â
âScars remind us where weâve been,â my father commented. âThey donât have to dictate where weâre going.â
He put his arm around my shoulders and kissed my head as we walked back to the SUVs, finally on our way home.
The next day, I called up my dad so he would accompany me to Haleyâs grave. Something told me I had to go. At the cemetery, I saw what the pull was. Sitting in front of the headstone less grave was Hotch. I walked up to him first, my father close behind. Hotch lifted his head and stared into my eyes, sitting up slightly.
âI had a feeling Iâd find you here,â I spoke softly. âHave you told her yet?â
âTold her what?â He mused.
âThat youâre coming back to the team,â my father joined his left side. Hotch looked at him. âThat fighting the bad guys is who you are.â
Hotch lowered his head and shook it. âI donât have to tell her. She already knows.â
I squeezed his shoulder reassuringly and gave him a soft smile. My father did the same and walked to my side, so weâd retreat, giving Hotch some space.
âSo, do you want me to drive you back to your house?â My father asked.
âNo,â I smiled. âIâm gonna stay with Hotch for a bit and then Iâll go home.â
âOkay, darling.â He kisses the top of my head. âIâll pick you up on Monday then. Ciao, Mia Bella.â
âBye, dad.â
Once my dad left, I sat down on a bench and waited for Hotch.
â(Y/N), youâre still here?â Hotch questioned with a smile on his face.
âYeah, thought you might want some company.â
âTruthfully,â he chuckled. âI do. Thank you.â
âHow about this, we pick up Jack, you guys come over and I crack open a present I had for Jack.â
âSounds like a plan,â he motioned me to his car. âLetâs go.â
We drove quietly to his apartment, only the low volume of the radio and the sound of our breathing could be heard. It didnât take long to arrive at the complex, where he opened the car door for me and led me upstairs. Inside apartment #121, was Jessica Brooks, Haleyâs sister, and Jack playing a card game.
â(Y/N)!â Jack screamed as soon as I walked through the door, running to give me a hug.
âHey, buddy!â I hugged back.
âHotch, youâre back,â she exclaimed. âGood to see you again, (Y/N).â
âGood to see you, too,â I smiled. âHow you holding up?â
âAs good as I can be.â She answered as she began to gather her things. âWell, Iâll see you soon. Bye, little guy.â
âBye, Aunt Jessica.â
âBye, guys.â She said as she left.
âHey, little man,â I directed to Jack. âIâve got an idea.â
âWhat is it?â
âHow about you to pack a go-bag and you and dad come over so we can open a present I have for you?â
âYes!â He exclaimed as he sped off to his room to pack.
âI think you should go help him,â I smiled at Hotch. âIf I have any memory of being a kid, theyâre not very good at packing.â
âYeah,â he grinned. âMaybe I should.â
I waited for both father and son to pack for the night asking myself why I was putting myself in this position. Growing closer to a man I had a 0% chance with. But I couldnât help it. All in all, he was my friend, and he needed all the support he could get.
<- Previous | Next->
A/N: if you wish to be tagged for the next parts, please let me know. Iâd be happy to. <3
#aaron hotchner imagine#aaron hotchner angst#criminal minds#derek morgan#aaron hotchner x reader#spencer reid imagine#spencer reid x reader#derek morgan x reader#emily prentiss#jennifer jareau#penelope gacia#david rossi#running in circles#writing#andreafmn#fanfiction#ao3#wattpad#angst#slowburn#criminal minds imagine
184 notes
·
View notes
Text
Knocked Up | Modern Vikings AU | Chapter I
Relationships | Modern Ivar x OC Summary | Ivar always thought he'd be one of those people that never find the love of their lives. But then he found her - or, as the story goes, she bumped into him. He never saw it coming. Then he had to deal with it, and all the consequences that came along. Warnings | some smut, a little angst, harassement, teenage pregnancy
You can read in AO3 as well (click here).Â
Chapter 1
There was no one in town that didnât know about the Ragnarssons, the children of the famous Ragnar Lothbrok. They were fearless, they were reckless, and they were dangerous, just like their father. Thatâs what everybody said.
Bjorn was the eldest, the first-born of Ragnarâs first marriage with Lagertha. There had been a daughter too, Gyda, but she had passed away terribly young. After that, Ragnar had only sons born from his second marriage, this time with Aslaug. First came Ubbe, then Hvitserk and Sigurd. All of them perfectly healthy and strong boys that, much like Bjorn and to Ragnarâs amusement, took after their father in several ways. Unexpectedly and accidentally, however, there was a fifth child, the last son of Ragnar, Ivar.Â
Ivar was very different from his brothers.
Born with a bone condition, he was crippled from the start. It was not just his legs that wouldnât allow him to ever walk on his own, but a whole lot more pain coming from his frail bones that were never to be trusted. No wonder he grew up as a vulnerable, angry, and sad kid, despite being his motherâs favorite and most protected son. And now, as he was becoming a man, people called him mad and a drunk, a wild card with whom everyone rather stay away from. Ivar didnât mind, he preferred to be tamed than to be pitied after a lifetime of being looked down on. In fact, he would do everything in his power to remain like this. It was the only way to prove himself and stay out of his brothersâ shadow and, most importantly, his fatherâs to who Ivar was the least favored son, something which hurt the boy more deeply than his constant physical pain.
âHurry up, Ivar. Crawl faster, or else when we get to the club Ubbe and Hvitserk will have gotten all the best girlsâ Sigurdâs voice echoed loudly through the house.Â
Ivar was there a second later clearly annoyed at his brotherâs mocking tone. âLast time I checked, dear brother, you need me to drive you. So shut up. Letâs go.âÂ
Sigurd couldnât argue back. He did need Ivar to drive them to the club. He kept failing at taking his driverâs license. It was humiliating to have to need his crippled brother to drive him, but Ubbe and Hvistserk, the bastards, hadnât been home. Minutes afterward Ivar was behind the wheel of his accessible SUV and off they were.
Thirty minutes later they were skipping the line to get into the club. The Ragnarssons had their ways. If there was one circuit in which their name was known by everyone, it was the nightlife one. No party would ever start without one of them being there. Ivar and Sigurd joined Ubbe and Hvisterk in the VIP area. As usual, Ivar took a corner where he knew heâd spend the next few hours drinking, smoking, and glaring at the dancing crowd. Perhaps if someone caught his eye heâd make a move, but usually, it was more like his brothers to do that. Â
âThere you goâ Hvitzerk handed him a joint âDonât look so serious, Ivar. The night is young. Enjoy!â By the looks of it, it was clear that he was already a bit high. But again it was Hvitserk and unusual would be to find him sober. âA lot of pretty ladies out there. Want me to pick one for you?âÂ
Ivar knew Hivtserk was only joking, but he still didnât like it. His brother, ignoring Ivarâs cold glare and much to his annoyance, started pointing out to random girls who were dancing. âOh, look at that one. Câmon Ivar, ainât she a treat to stare at?â Â
Thankfully, Hivtserk stopped his stupid game once their oldest brother Bjorn joined them, bringing shots to everyone with the help of his wife, Torvi.
âBrother, to what do we owe the honor?â Ivar said, throwing one of his ironic smirks.Â
âI bring good news. Father is going to be released from jail sooner than expected. In three months to be exact! I had to pull some strings but itâs settledâ
The news was received with different reactions. Sigurd didnât seem that happy, while Ivar was the opposite. Ubbe was the first one to hold one of the shot glasses and started the toast âTo Father! To Ragnar!â
Ragnar had been in prison for almost three years due to white-collar crimes, having been convicted of corporate fraud and money laundering. His sentence wouldâve been of more than ten years, but Ragnar had his ways and was able to cut a deal for five years. And now, apparently, he would only serve almost four. Throughout this time it had been Bjorn taking over the leadership of the familyâs successful business, Northmen Ventures, of which all of Ragnarâs sons had become the sole shareholders just before he was imprisoned. This explained why they were one of the richest families in their Norwegian city of Bergen.Â
Bjorn, now age 30, had been the natural successor of Ragnar. Not only because he was the oldest and perhaps the favorite son of Ragnar, but also because at the time he was the only one with a university degree, having just graduated from Law School. Yet, all of Ragnarâs sons were meant to get involved with the business. At least that was their fatherâs wish. Ubbe, now 24, had just graduated from Architecture School but had recently joined Bjorn on the companyâs executive board. Ivar wasnât given the opportunity to help out, something which he grudged his older brothers - for dismissing him for his age, despite the fact that heâd watch and learned as much from his father as possible since an early age. Now 19 he was a freshman in college taking Business Administration. Then there were Hvitserk, 23, and Sigurd, 21, the ones more adamant about following in their fatherâs footsteps. Hvitserk was using the money they were all getting to sustain his pricy bachelor lifestyle, and so was Sigurd who dedicated most of his time to art and music. Neither tried to pursue a higher education degree.Â
âDonât get too excited. Father will be back and then what? Itâs not like he cares about us.â Sigurd, the mood killer, chugged his beer aggressively âHe didnât let us visit him in prison not even once. Not even Mother was allowed to. He didnât even care for sending a postcard for Christmas!â
âHe must have had his reasons.â
âAnd he left us the companyâ
âAnd so what? He just wanted to prevent it from ending up in the hands of the government. Fuck him! You might all want to play the role of doting sons, but Iâm not gonna tag alongâ After this Sigurd stormed off.
The remaining brothers looked at one another. A little bit of what Sigurd had just said resounsed with them, but at the same time they were excited to welcome back their father. Things would be very different with him around.Â
âI say we celebrate.â Ivar said, not minding Sigurd. He couldnât wait for his father to be back so that he could prove himself once and for all. He was no longer the defenseless crippled child he was when Ragnar went away.Â
Despite the good mood he was in about Bjornâs good news, Ivar wasnât vibing with the clubâs atmosphere that night. Hvitserk and Ubbe were making out with some random girls, Sigurd was nowhere to be seen and Torvi and Bjorn had left already. Instead, he was craving for some adrenaline and he knew just the way to get it. Texting his dealer, he left the club with the help of his crutches.
Nothing was to stop him except that on the way out someone bumped into him almost causing him to lose his fragile balance. Fury grew on Ivar who was about to yell at whoever made the mistake of infuriating him that night, but thatâs when her face lost the blurriness of a few seconds ago and Ivar lost his balance again but for a completely different reason.
âOh, no. Iâm so sorry! I didnât mean to...shitâÂ
âBitch, get back! For the hundredth time, youâre not getting in!âÂ
The girlâs expression quickly turned one of desperation. âI told you I have to. My cousin needs help! Donât stop me, pleaseâ Her words were towards the bouncer that was now pulling her back, but her pleading eyes were on Ivar as if asking for help. Â
âHey, let her go!â Ivar didnât know why, but his rage got up to new levels when he saw the bouncer getting his filthy hands on her. âI said back off. Take your fucking hands off of her.â
At Ivarâs command the bouncer let her go. It didnât matter that he was a big muscle guy, Ivar took a step towards him and faced him with a cold death stare.Â
âSheâs coming in with me, do you understand?â
âRagnarsson, she is a minor. I canât let her in.â
âIâm not asking.âÂ
His tone set it. He nodded so that the girl got in the club ahead of him. She didnât even say a word, going immediately in. Ivar had to hurry himself inside to catch up.Â
âFuck, thereâs so many peopleâ she noticed looking absolutely lost.
âLet me help you.â he offered.Â
âThe bathrooms. My cousin... she called me, she didnât sound fine⊠Iâm worried somethingâs happened... She said she couldnât moveâ she was trembling as she spoke. Ivar reached her hand with his.Â
âIf she is here we are going to find her.â he assured her âFollow meâÂ
It was not typical of Ivar to help a lady in distress but as he was guiding this girl through the crowd of drunk dancing people he couldnât understand the need he was abruptly feeling for shielding her and, worst of all, to comfort her. These feelings left him uneased, but he was not going to dwell into that right now. If his suspicions were right and her cousin was somewhere in the club, then she was probably drugged to the point of unconsciousness and in a position to be taken advantage of.Â
They swiped all the bathrooms at the club until at last they burst into one where a girl was noticeably knocked down in a corner.
âCathrine!â the girl immediately crouched down on her cousin. âCathrine, can you hear me?âÂ
âAll of you, get outâ Ivar demanded the girls who were inside. Some tried to complain, after all he was the guy in a female bathroom. These same girls that had paid no attention, or they just didnât care, to the other girl on the floor. He then went outside as fast as he could and got a water bottle.
âSheâs awake, but barely. Says she 's dizzy. Sheâs not talking rightâÂ
âShe was likely druggedâ It wouldnât be a first in that club âMake her sip some waterâ he threw the water bottle at them. He really wanted to level down to them, but with his crutches and all it just wouldnât go well. âIâm gonna find help.â
 He âracedâ to the VIP area. Only Hivtserk was there with a girl on top of him. What was wrong with his brothers for acting as if their corner was a place of public foreplay display?
âHvitserk, I need your help!â
âGo away Ivarâ he grumbled and continued to suggestively run his hands on the brunette over his lap.
Ivar had to take the matter into his hands. The first thing he found was a leftover cocktail on the table which he threw at the girl. Her immediate squeak was so high and audible despite the deafening music. She practically jumped from on top of his brother.
âYou crazy motherfucker!â
âWhat the fuck Ivar?â
âI donât have time to explain. Come with me. I need your help.âÂ
Usually he didn't have much faith in his brothers - after all they were a pain in his ass most of the time - but this time he was really hoping to call on Hvitserkâs good senses. Fortunately his prayers were answered and his older brother followed him back to the bathroom
âWhatâs going on?â
âThereâs a passed out girl. We need to get her out of here.â
âWould you go so far as in to get laid, little brother? Oh, you sickoâÂ
âThis is not the time for jokes, asshole. Youâre the sicko for even suggesting thatâ
Ivar was almost regretting getting Hvitserk to help, but the truth was that he alone wouldnât be able to carry the girl out from the bathroom. The moment they got in there Hvitserk got a bit more serious and kneeled next to the two girls.Â
âLetâs get her out of hereâÂ
Together with Hvitserk, the girl helped raise her semi-unconscious cousin. People inside the club were so fucked up that they didnât drop one second to look at them leaving.Â
âTake her to my carâ Ivar indicated and so they did. He unlocked his metallic grey SUV from afar and went on to open the backdoors where they laid the girl. âLet her get some fresh hair. It will do her good.â
âShould we take her to the hospital?â Hvitserk suggested.
A loud âNo!â came from the inside of the car.
âShe canât. It will be too complicatedâ said the other girl but not without hinting her dissatisfaction.
Ivar finally took a moment to fully look at her. Dressed in just a pair of jeans and a warm sweatshirt, she was lean and tall, but at least a good ten centimeters shorter than himself. Her blonde hair was tied in a messy bun with some strands falling down on her face. He had to hold the instinct to gently brush those aside. And her eyes⊠They were a very greyish blue color like he had never seen before. They were mirroring worry and nervousness.Â
âIâm calling a cab. Thank you for your help. I donât know what I wouldâve done if it werenât for youâ she said facing Ivar and Ivar only.Â
âI can drive you.â he offered without thinking.
âWe already bothered you enough -â
Ivar cut her off âNonsense. Iâm going to drive youâ he declares in a way that offered no other option.
Relief poured from her gaze âThank youâ
It was quite the drive, further out of Bergenâs city center. By the time they got there the passed out girl - Cathrine - had regained consciousness, albeit feeling nauseous and dizzy. Hvitserk carried her alone in his arms to the inside of the house and further into her bed. It was time enough for her to fall asleep like a rock.
âShe seems just to need some rest. Keep her hydrated when she wakes up.â
âIf she was drugged then it should wear off her system soonâ
âNoted. I donât know how to thank you bothâÂ
âYou could go on a date with one of us, how does that sound?â
âHvitserk!â Ivar admonished in reaction to the girlâs shocked expression âPlease, ignore my brother. He, too, has drugs that need to wear off his systemâ
âYouâre no fun, Ivarâ Hvitserk couldnât argue back on the drugs part. âA pleasure to help, milady. Until next timeâ He did a silly bow and left the apartment back to the car.Â
âIs he always like that?âÂ
 âMost of the time, yeah.â Ivar shrugged his shoulders âHand me your phoneâ Because she did without complaining, he got it and put his number in there âIâm Ivar Lothbrook. Whenever you need help.â
What he really wanted to say was âtext meâ. He didnât have the nerve for that, tho.
For the first time that night she finally showed a glimpse of a smile âHonestly, thank you. I donât know what I wouldâve done without your help, Ivar LothbrokâÂ
Her hand was touching his and for a moment everything seemed to stop. The way his name sounded on her lips⊠A shiver went down his spine. He wanted to hear it again, but most importantly he wanted to know her name.
But in that exact moment a horn yelled. Goddamned Hvitserk. He was going to wake up the whole street, which was the opposite of what the girls had asked. âI better go drive him home now or else heâll wake up the whole neighborhoodâÂ
Yet Ivar was finding it difficult to leave. To leave her. Another honk made him take the necessary steps.
âI mean it when I say for you to use my number whenever. Stay safeâ
He finally closed the door behind him and walked back to the car, but not before looking over his shoulder. There she was, by the window, waving goodbye with a shy smile on her face.
He needed to see her again.
The next morning Ivar woke up rather hopeful of seeing a text message. Seeing there was none, his day didnât kick off exactly on the right terms. Throughout the day he checked his phone more times than he cared to admit and each time he grew impatient and irritated. What was it about that girl to make him like this? Itâs not like he usually gave a crap about whoever he met.
âWhatâs wrong with you? Youâve got a right cob-onâ his older brother Ubbe asked later that day when they were all chilling by the firepit in the backyard of the Lothbrookâs home.
Although in Norway it was uncommon for people their age to still be living at home, in their case thatâs how things were and worked out great most days. Usually it was just the four brothers and the house was big enough for them not to be in each otherâs ways.. Their mother, Aslaug Lothbrok, ran one the countryâs finest art galleries. After her husbandâs arrest she had moved her gallery to the capital city, Oslo, instead of their home city. Lately she spent most of her time there rather than at home.Â
âItâs nothing. Leave me aloneâÂ
âHeâs hung upâ teased Hvitserk âStill thinking about the pretty blondie from last night, brother?â
Right that moment Ivar wished he could smack the mocking smiles out of his brotherâs faces.Â
âWell, well, well Ivar. Didnât know you had company last night.â
âHe didnât. Not exactly. None of us didâ Hvitserk proceed to put Ubbe on the loop in regards to their little episode last night. âInstead of asking her for her number, our little brother gave her his. Wrong move, dude.â Ivar immediately regretted telling this to Hvitserk. âDonât be so bummed out, Ivar. Thereâs plenty of fish in the sea. Speaking ofâŠâ
A blonde Ivar doesnât care much about exits their home in Sigurdâs company, both appearing content which can only mean one thing. Margrethe is a constant guest at the Lothbrokâs and probably the only female with the fame of being acquainted with all of the brothersâ rooms. Although a favorite among the Ragnarssons, to Ivar sheâs nothing but an unpleasant company he is forced to tolerate after they fall out months ago.Â
âIf thatâs the fish youâre hinting at, Iâd rather go veganâ Ivar mumbled under his breath.
I hope you liked it! Itâs my first Vikings fic :) Sorry for any mistakes, English is not my native language. At least five more chapters will be on the way.
#knocked-up-fic#vikings fic#vikings fanfiction#vikings fanfic#modern vikings#modern vikings au#modern ivar#modern ivar au#ivar#ivar the boneless#ivar x oc#ivar x original female character#ivar ragnarsson#ragnarssons#my fiction#ivar lothbrok#knocked up fic
86 notes
·
View notes
Text
Holy crap. Look at Kate Herron's shirt. When the Loki director pops up on Zoom, she's donning the most glorious image anyone will see since we laid eyes on Alligator Loki: A Teletubby wearing the Loki horns. Are the Teletubbies Loki variants? Sure, why not!
"I got it on Instagram," Herron says. "There's an amazing comic book artist and he designed it. He made it into a T-shirt for me because I saw it and was like, 'That's incredible. Can I get it for the press junket?'"
Herron, no big deal, just pulled off an MCU miracle. Entering a mammoth franchise with, notably, some of Sex Education's best episodes under her belt, the director deftly brought a plot involving multiverses and Richard E. Grant in a cape and superhero mumbo-jumbo to brilliant, beautiful life. Following Loki's tear-jerking, mind-bending finale, the series has been dubbed by critics and fan's alike as one of Marvel's best effortsâwhich is no small feat. Of course, we needed to ask Herron how she stuck the landing. Following the most epic finale you, me, or any Teletubby can remember, Herron talked to Esquire about the Miss Minutes jump scare, filming the finale's introduction of He Who Remains, and why she won't return for Season Two of Loki.
ESQ: How are you doing?
KH: I'm good. I think I feel very relieved that I don't have to sit on the secret of He Who Remains anymore, It was a very big secret to hold, but for an important reason, right? Because it's such a good character to be launching. So yeah, I feel good.
ESQ: Loking back at your old interviews, you have such a good poker face when you're avoiding spoilers, but you're also incredible at giving aggregator crumbs.
KH: I play a lot of board games, so you need to be quite good at strategy and poker faces so people can't always read your hand. So I think weirdly board games have prepared me more for working with Marvel than anything else.
ESQ: I have to start with the Miss Minutes jump scare. What went into the decision to make her a memeable, creepy apparition in that moment?
KH: I love horror, and my executive, Kevin Wright, knew that. Me and him were talking about Episode Six and I remember that he was like, "Oh, maybe you could do something creepy of Miss Minutes." And I immediately was like, "We have to do a jump scare!" Because I haven't got to do a good jump scare in anything yet and I really wanted to, because a lot of my friends are horror directors. I was like, "I can't let them down." So I was really excited to have a shot at doing a jump scare. And Miss Minutes, it was really fun testing it because we'd kind of bring different people into the edit, me and Emma McCleave, the editor, and we'd just play it for them, watch them, and check that they were jumping when we cut it.
ESQ: One thing that I think is getting missed in all the craziness is that we see a peak moment of the love story between Loki and Sylvie. Where does the finale leave the companionship that they found in each other?
KH: When I started the show, that was always in the DNA of itâthat Loki was going to meet a version of himself and they were going to fall in love. And that's honestly what drew me into the story, because I directed Sex Education. I love stories about self-love and finding your identity and your people. Loki is such a broken character when we join him, and seeing him go on this amazing journey with all this growth and finding the good points of himself in seeing herâI think that was very beautiful. It's also paying respect to the fact that Sylvie's in a very different place to him. She hasn't had the Mobius therapy session. She even says, in Episode Five, "I don't know how to do this. I don't have friends." You really feel for her because she has been on the run and her whole life has been this mission.
It's almost funny because these characters are thousands of years old, but it's almost teenage the way they both talk about their feelings for each other. I think everyone can relate to that, right? In any new relationship, there's always that kind of awkwardness and like, "Oh God, am I too keen? The important thing was the hopeâlike when Sylvie and him kiss, I think it is genuine and it is coming from a place of these feelings they have for each other. Obviously she does push them through that door, but for me it was a goodbye and it was with heart. But it's kind of a goodbye in the sense of like, I care about you, but I'm going to do my mission because that's where I'm at.
ESQ: I would pay for you to direct the Sex Education episode where Otis falls through a portal into the multiverse, into the main MCU.
KH: He really looks like a Loki as well, which is so funny. I always thought that. I was like Asa does look like a Loki. It didn't come to pass or anything, but it would be interesting to do a Sex Ed-Marvel crossover. I wonder who all the different characters would be within the MCU, but it would be quite funny.
ESQ: You're right, he could pull off a teenage Loki.
KH: Yeah, like a teen or a very young â20s, maybe. But it was just funny because I was like, "Oh yeah, he looks a bit like Tom." I wonder how they could do it. I'm sure they'll find a way to do a crossover anyway.
ESQ: Can you just take me back to filming with Jonathan Majors? And you capturing him in such a compelling, quirky, scary wayâI'm sure your direction was such a big part of that.
KH: I was just so excited because Jonathan is an actor that everyone was so excited about. He's like a chameleon in everything he does and he's so talented. I just feel as a director so lucky to have worked on this because I feel like I've got to work with some of the best actors out there. And when you're with Jonathan, you know you're in the presence of just someone really magnificent. For me as a director, it's giving him the space to play and feel safe. Because we filmed it all in a week, but it was a lot to film in a week. So I think it was really about creating a space where he could have fun and find this character because he's going to be playing him for a long time.
ESQ: What went into the decision to introduce us to the good guy first?
KH: I remember in the script, he comes up the elevator and it was so casual. I was like, "Oh man, that's so fun." And then Jonathan, when he plays it, he's relaxed. And I the thing he used to talk about a lot was that this is a character who's been on his own for a long time. Because at the beginning, we introduced him in a space in the universe that feels like this very busy, loud place, but actually, when we see the Citadel, he's surrounded by the Timeline and he's very isolated. Even in his costume with [designer] Christine Wada, for the idea of his outfit, he's a character who's existed for multiple millennia. So it's like, OK, let's pull from lots of different places so you can't necessarily pin down which time or which place he might be from. Also the fact that his clothes look comfy. They were like pajamas because he's living at home. He loved the idea of the office [being] the only finished part of the citadel and that the rest of the citadel was like this Sunset Boulevard kind of dusty, dilapidated space. And just again showed that he probably just keeps himself to his office. All those elements definitely fed into Jonathan's performance in terms of balancing the extrovert, but also the introvert of someone that would be living by themselves and only talking to a cartoon clock.
ESQ: It really is incredible how you pull a nail-biting finale with this battle of wits and dialogue.
KH: It was really exciting because I feel like Episode Five was a lot of fun because we got to play into all the joy of the different versions of Loki, but also just the fact that it was our big usual Marvel third act, right? Like it was where our big spectacle was as they were fighting this big monster. But I love that our finale bookends, right? We began with a conversation and we ended with one.
ESQ: I also loved that there was no end-credits sceneâI think it makes the ending that much more impactful. Was there ever an end credit scene on the table, or any kind of a stinger?
KH: I think no, because weirdly, we never went after the kind of mid-credit sequences. I think we always just were thinking just of the story and where we knew we wanted it to end. For example, Episode Four, originally Loki was deleted and then we went straight to him waking up. And it was only in the edit I was like, âI think it'd be really cool actually. We should move that scene to mid-credits because then we'll really feel like Loki has died." Because if I watched that moment and then it went to the credits, I'd be like, "What?!" And then when we were talking about the best way to talk about Season Two, we were like, "Okay, well, let's do that like a little mid-credits at the end because that is exciting to confirm it in that way." I'd say we found both of those in the edit just because we wanted to kind of do it right and have a fun nod to something that Marvel does so well.
ESQ: Is there anything you can tell about the future of the story you've told hereâor even where you personally would like to go with the studio or otherwise going forward?
KH: Yeah, so I'm just on for Season One. So I'm so proud of the story we told. I mean, it was amazing getting to set up the TVA and take Loki on this whole new journey. And I mean, I think we've left so much groundwork for his character, and as people see in the comics, there's so much more to be delved into. And I just am excited honestly to just see where all the characters go. Like, who is B-15? What did she see in those memories and where did Ravonna go and where is Loki? I think for me, we've set up these questions and I look forward to seeing them being answered as a fan in the next season.
ESQ: Absolutely. Well, can we please work on the Asa Butterfield Loki?
KH: I will call him and I'll be like, "You want to do some crazy Marvel crossover?"
44 notes
·
View notes
Text
Villian Heights (Part 2)
(reading Wuthering Heights for the first time and trying to figure out the deal with this book with some assumptions from previous summaries of the story)
Today: until the point where Cathy is about to return from Thrusscross Grange
(spoilers and kind of heavy themes - also strong language)
oookay, this is definitly a psychological ... book. Not a thriller, but damn - Bronte leaves no thing that led to the characters becoming the way they are to the imagination
Earnshaw kinda sucks? No, he absolutely does. The man says such damaging things to his kids itâs almost as if Bronte has seen the effect it has on people herself
Hindley is useless to him and he replaced him with Heathcliff, and lets him feel every bit of it
he flat out told Cathy he wishes she hadnât been born and we know that the ... first few times ... it made her cry ... until it didnât
Heathcliff is a very little kid still, his brain works on âHow do I get what I wantâ without much consideration for consequences for anyone or himself yet - he remembers what his life used to be very well I think and just canât stop (note: Iâm not defending adult Heathcliff, Iâm explaining him just past toddler age right now)
both Cathy and Hindley also fall sort of into his category as they simply get no reason to be better - Cathy shows some signs of compassion that comes from herself at least
Hindley is completely out of control - maybe he was glad to be schooled somewhere else than this hell-hole of emotional abuse
the way Joseph begins influencing Earnshaw and puts most of his âyour kids are badâ on Cathy - wow. Iâm starting to feel like this guy just really works on having a position of power he wouldnât get anywhere else, and he executes his power
the way punishment works in this household - it doesnât. In fact, I feel like the Earnshaws were so quick to hurt their bio kids every chance they got that it dulled them to any consequences. Humans adapt. They adapted. At least Cathy did.
I think Cathy is the best example: physical pain doesnât hurt her any more, nor any kind of punishment. Sheâs used to it. In fact, she seems to like the fact that she can do A and get reaction B, and from what Nelly says, most scolding doesnât bother her, she fights back verbally
itâs full on acknowledged shortly before she returns from Thrusscross Grange
I find it interesting that Nelly also mentions her positive aspects, like caring for people when sheâs really hurt them, and bonding moments with her dad and especially Heathcliff
also, Earnshaw saying âWhy canât you always be so nice?â and Cathy saying, âWell, why canât you always be so nice.ïżœïżœïżœ Spot on. The characters are heavily effected by their surround
the way Nelly describes how little Cathy was confused by her fathers increasing change in character due to his illness - thatâs tough
Cathyâs behaviour - to me, it seems sheâs a lot smarter than most kids her age, and a little brimming with energy - sheâs learning to read people I think
speaking of which, I like the fact that she schooled Heathcliff when Hindley cut his education
wow, the scene at Thrusscross Grange - the rampant racism spewed out by the characters isnât going to stop I think
it was fun to imagine Heathcliff and Cathy making more noise to scare the Linton kids and then running awayÂ
also, probably one of the more uplifting moments here is the concept of just running through the night over the hills etc.
Iâm glad these two are getting a break tooÂ
Weâll see how things go when she comes back, Iâd like to hear more about what she says herself
3 notes
·
View notes
Text
quatervois - ljy
summary: âListen up pretty boy, weâre both murderers. We carry the souls of hundreds on our weapons. It doesnât fucking matter who our targets are. Weâre the exact same; except, Iâm honest and I only do this because it pays good fucking money, and what is it youâre striving for? With your ass always covered? Pitiful peace and justice? Thatâs pathetic. Thereâs no such thing in this job.â
words: 21,7k (this was 38 pages on word im,,,i birthed a monster im so sorry)
genre: assassin!juyeon, assassin!reader, angst, drama, fluff, crack if u use a microscope
warnings: (not explicit) violence, murder, language
early an: holy shit itâs here
The way you got introduced and became a part of such a job wasnât exactly how one would imagine.
Becoming an assassin hasnât been a direct wish of yours. As expected, in the beginning, this exact possibility had never crossed your mind. Growing up in an ordinary, middle-class household, it was expected of you to follow the footsteps of many. Never the smartest kid in class, but with a knack for logic and solving thought experiments, youâve imagined becoming a philosopher of some type. Nothing too spectacular, but interesting enough and different than a usual 9-5 job.
So then, how exactly have you come to holding a knife against a random manâs throat almost daily?
Of course, while young, a person is prone to the effect of the outside world and people surrounding them. Some pupils are lucky enough to live in the best surroundings and are given amazing opportunities; therefore, they grow up into kind, successful people. Then, there are those who thanks to certain circumstances end up walking a different path, all of them hoping for the best possible outcome.
In todayâs society, the importance of money was huge. It was expected that every family, containing at least one adult person, was able to deal with constant fluctuation of cash and sudden, unanticipated expenses. Unfortunately, that wasnât the case in many households and those kids had to experience helpless life without enough money, while their parents fought for every coin.
It was incredibly unfortunate that it affected you as well, even so in the worst possible moment â right before university. Â
Thanks to stupid reasons that couldâve easily been prevented, your family fell into dept, causing both of your parents to find second jobs. Not having enough money to continue with a rather expensive education, you felt obliged to find a job.
And of course, being so young and ambitious, but mostly misfortune driven, you thought that the future of the household was in your hands. It was a must to find something that pays good, fast.
Consequently, the first night was spent scrolling down the endless pages of Google. You searched for something that didnât require any special education (because of obvious reasons), but would generously help your situation. Seconds extended into minutes, those into hours, days even. Finding a good job with no degree was pretty hard, yet what else couldâve you expected? Â
The issue had you visiting most irrelevant sites, clicking on shady ads (and installing a thousand viruses, probably), asking strangers in online chatrooms. Lost and unexperienced, you struggled and almost accepted the proposal of being a stripper in a famous strip club downtown. Â
Almost. Â
The job you were suddenly introduced to was something seen in movies and video games only. For whichever reason, it appeared in a dream one night. The dream had you play the main character, dressed in all black, doing all the terrifying, dirty work with random weapons, but being paid a huge sum afterwards. It was scandalous enough to have you hesitating for a little while upon waking up, disgusted at the thought of doing it.
Still, remembering the money filled suitcase, youâve overcome the initial revulsion fast. Unexpectedly intrigued by the idea, you thought a little research couldnât hurt anyone. Finding a reliable site that offered information on paid assassins only took a couple of minutes. The author of the article was an ex-FBI agent, therefore you thought there couldnât be data more reliable than this. Upon a quick look, youâve come to the conclusion that the study was most definitely written with intent of educating people on this topic, rather than motivating them to apply for it. Oh well.
From an objective point of view, it was exactly what you were looking for. It didnât require any special degree from any university and it paid horrendously well, with small variations on the amount due to different employers. Reading further though, you realized that not just anyone can become an assassin, or hitman, as people liked to call it.
It demanded years of training, hard work and terrifying change. The author described it as â...complete mutation of oneâs mind and personality, utter desensitization to almost everything. Those people become machines...â. You didnât doubt their words, on the contrary, you believed them completely. It was only logical that a person has to get used to blood, extreme violence, emotionless murder, which were no ordinary or acceptable sights and actions. Of course, you were in denial, about to laugh at yourself for even reading the article seriously.
But then your eyes landed on the pay again. The numbers were huge. It would definitely help. Your family needed this. Sacrifices had to be made.
The next day, you bought a burner phone with the last bits of your savings. Entering an empty alley, you immediately dialed a phone number youâve found at 3am. You didnât know what was the worst that could happen, seeing as you were dialing a shady number from a shady website with shady intentions. Maybe the phone would blow up â in which case thankfully, it was a burner. But that then meant you wasted money with no reason. Â
Thankfully, the other side picked up and scheduled a meeting for the next day.
Everything about it was suspicious, from the first to the last moment. From the first meeting with a tall, fat man, wearing an expensive suit and a shiny Rolex on his wrist, to the moment that exact man patted you on the back for good luck on your first mission.
The training was all youâve expected and more. Tears, sweat and especially blood were shed during that tough period. You were put through complete torture â whether it be emotional or physical. In the beginning, they had you watch videos containing mild abuse of random people, only to progress to horrible violence as time passed by. In times where you wanted to look away, a stern and strong man would yell at you, ordering to stay focused on the task â one that would make you used and nonchalant to seeing such monstrosities.
You were trained to take words, threats and even hits with a straight face, only to return ten times harder. Sometimes you thought that self-defense classes you were offered but never took in the past, wouldâve definitely helped with the current situation. Simple pistols were immediately introduced to you, strange looking men always pressuring you into improving the mediocre aim. More complicated guns and snipers were thrown in your direction upon noticeable improvement.
Surprisingly, they began âpayingâ you from the start. The big boss said it was because he noticed your potential and incredibly fast progress, therefore used the money as constant motivation for further improvement. Unfortunately, the trainees youâve encountered werenât so positive about it, saying it was the bossâ way of making sure no one ditches out once they enter (âyouâll have to pay the complete sum back, he basically indebted youâ). The money you received wasnât a lot, but it was definitely a good starting position.
In a relatively short period of time, a huge change happened. Youâve transformed from someone whose eyes watered at harsh words, body flinched at sudden movement and hands shook while holding a knife, to a person who had no trouble taking a hit to the face, only to counterattack by slitting throats.
Your knack for logic and solving thought experiments and predicting outcomes came in handy, for theyâve worked on further developing that as well. They created a thousand puzzles, testing possible situations (âyou have to run away, which route do you take?", "two witnesses saw you; how do you deal with them without anyone else noticing?â), always questioning your answers (âbut then wouldnât that make you more exposed?â, âwhat if suddenly your target chose to change their usual route?â) and having you argument them thoroughly.
You were trained to notice even the smallest of similarities between two situations, perceive possible danger/risks, predict where a target would appear next based on their recent roundabouts and analyze certain types of behavior. Basically, they tried recreating situations that would slowly introduce you to the harder part of your future job â the planning, unnoticed execution and escape from the crime scene.
The boss had personally hired personnel to train your selective attention. Everything a normal person would pass by and dismiss, youâd notice. The unusual movement of leaves in the corner of your eyes, a black bird in a flock of dark grey ones, the inconsiderable change in a personâs demeanor, a reoccurring but overlooked detail in everyday situations.
Friends weren't particularly made in such a setting; therefore, like many others, you've been alone through it all. Evidently, you've noticed other people around, mostly teenagers who were just introduced to the whole thing â yet never really bothered or had enough time to go and meet them. Everybody was just as scared and hesitant as you were when it all started. In the end, who knew who you'd have to fight against in the future. âSave yourself a heartbreakâ.
Interestingly enough though, there was a boy who caught your eye. You werenât sure when he was recruited, for he never seemed lost or inexperienced. The boy would walk confidently around the training site, shoot exceedingly well at the shooting range and progress through his endurance training perfectly.
Silently, you watched and admired the handsome boy with attentive eyes. Everything about him was as captivating as ever, further piquing your interest with every passing day. His form and skill were envious, while his mature behavior and breathtaking looks stole your breath away.
Eventually though, the boy disappeared.
Your parents were a sensitive topic. At first, they were told the job you found didn't have fixed hours, which sounded like the only logical explanation for why you never came home at the same time.
When the training became more serious and the changes in your personality and looks became obvious, you stopped seeing them. The place of stay was a motel a couple of miles away from the training site (or the supposed store you lied working at). Despite their constant messages and phone calls, pleads to come back home and stop âoverworkingâ yourself, you stood your ground. The money you were paid was still linked back to them, and after a while you were informed that the debt was no more. Â
Unfortunately, though, you've come to the point where you didn't want to back out from this horrendous job. And a couple months later, the boss forced you to cut contact with your parents.
Maybe it was for the better, because it wasn't possible to predict if they'd even recognize you. Their daughter built muscle, had a scarred body and went through a drastic change of personality. The desensitization did wonders to young minds. It came to the point where you were able to firstly watch and then execute a certain violent act (on a specialized, human-like doll), without having to look away. The two elders definitely wouldn't want such a person in their household. Â
Although there really should've been, there was no shame or regret once the trainee period was finished and your feet set out on the first ever mission and first real kill.
Fast forward a few years after the first mission, and you were considered a high valued assassin. Â
There really was no proper reason, but the flow of the river happened to direct you towards the more infamous customers. Drug dealers, wanted criminals, corrupted politicians, all sorts of people involved with illegality hired you. Over time, you've gotten used to it. Already familiarized with customers, type of targets and forms of execution, switching to work for a different type of people simply stopped crossing your mind.
Your prices weren't low at all. Actually, they were one of the highest for the job, yet with a great reason. Despite the victim count passing hundred, there hasn't been a single case that was ever (properly) solved, the employers always getting away with their work. Not even once have you been suspected or connected to any of the assassinations either, and it was all thanks to your tactics.
One could argue that there werenât many ways a person could be murdered, but you managed to prove such a statement wrong. Not a lot of executions you've done followed the same path â which only showed how creative but also knowledgeable your mind was.
Because of one simple hair strand, whose color faded a long time ago, they called you Red. The nickname stuck with you ever since those torturous, trainee days, and nowadays, it helped avoid using your real name. You doubted anyone even knew what it was.
An interesting period began during your sixth year. Numerous politicians, usually the ones that heavily opposed the new government, would be found dead around the city. Not just them, but gang and mafia leaders who became too powerful and prominent in the public eye as well â many of those who hired you in the past.
Much like always, this government experienced the lack of trust and satisfaction from citizens. Rightfully so though, the public demanded change after supposed rigged elections, finally having enough of the fake democracy. Heavy and frequent protests blew up the nation, huge crowds of people led by a few brave individuals. Unfortunately, though, a few weeks in, the leaders of those would be found dead after announcing the protest scheme.
The terrifying amount of sudden assassinations were never solved or explained. At least to the public. The huge leap in numbers shouldnât have been thrown under the mat so easily, yet it just happened. People began living in anger and fear. All the officials had to say about it was a simple âwe're looking into it, but itâs not our main priorityâ, words that only intensified the rage felt by the citizens. That topic would always be dismissed with the same exact answer, occasionally adding that those assassinated already had âworrisome and problematic backgroundsâ.
âIt was only a matter of time when something as tragic as death would happen to themâ
The situations greatly benefitted them; they wouldn't make an effort to explain whatever happened even if they weren't involved. All of those people worked against them, one way or another anyway. Still, the murders weren't spontaneous, and just like many others, you caught onto their sly play.
For a little while, you tried getting some insight and information on the cases. Your intentions werenât to solve them and serve justice, but rather find whoever was the one hired by the government. It was pure curiosity to know who was the infamous colleague.
The information given to the public (obviously) wasn't much, and you were left connecting all the different cases using simple wide shots and shitty descriptions. The best source of information appeared to be freelancing journalists, who published the most details. Unsurprisingly though, those weren't enough for a proper open case either, for someone evidently prohibited them from posting more.
One thing that had you frowning was the fact that everything was way too clean, perfect and similar to your own way of work.
Closing the laptop after reading yet another empty article, you looked around the dark room. Sighing out in frustration and cracking fingers one by one, you wondered if you're supposed to consider those people your actual colleagues or rather enemies.
The clock ticked eleven and fifteen; just forty-five minutes before midnight. The atmosphere in the tiny apartment was calm, no sound other than your quiet breathing heard. Darkness filling your bedroom was only interrupted by the big moon that greeted you through an open window. Yet, much like any other Friday, the outside world seemed to be bustling with life, getting ready for what's yet to come. Â
Standing up, you stretched fast and walked towards the entrance door. Picking up a black coat from the hanger, keys and phone from the little table next to it, you headed outside. Tomorrow was yet another mission, this time a man by the name of Lee Baekgon. The reason was usual, another member of a gang who had involved himself with the government, becoming an unfortunate mole. Â
Thanks to the extensive week-long watch and study you've done on the man you had gotten used to his ethics and everyday habits. The experience you had and the surprisingly uninteresting and bland life of Lee Baekgon allowed you to do so in such little time â which always brought more money. The faster the execution is, the more expensive it is, and of course, you cared about the amount in your pocket.
Now, having everything planned out and prepared, you went out for a relaxing walk â as per usual on the night before. The streets were filled with people, hurrying in all directions, either coming back from their late shifts or going out with their friends.
Setting a regular pace, you camouflaged into the crowd and breathed in heavily. Colorful lights from nearby stores lit up the street in a thousand shades, creating a unique palette out of the usually dull path. Your eyes skimmed over people, not really staying locked on anyone's head or scalp. All of them were plain shapes to you, only looking similar to those who you've had the job of executing. Either way, it was pleasurable to hear the overall sound of people. The voices, laughs, gasps.
Suddenly and surprisingly, as if trained, your eyes locked onto a tall, lean, dark blue haired man walking in the opposite direction. It couldâve been because of his height or hair, but he stuck out of the dense crowd like a sore thumb. The stranger wasn't looking at you, rather ahead of himself, but you immediately scanned his profile. An unfamiliar feeling spread through your body, sending shivers down your spine.
The man carried himself with a certain kind of confidence, his steps calm and collected. He held his head high, looking forward as if staring at an invisible dot, walking towards an unknown destination. His eyes, although dark and hooded, were sharp and focused. The nose bridge of his created a slight shadow over the side of his handsome face.
Unexpectedly, as if sensing your eyes, the man looked back for a short second. Immediately, a familiar image of a teenage boy who exceeded in all training fields flashed before your eyes. Alas, before you knew it the man was taking a sharp turn and straying away from view.
The organ inside of your chest performed one incredibly hard beat, before going back to normal. Someone bumped your shoulder, apologizing right away and breaking the short-lived daze. For another moment, you stood motionless, looking in the direction of the other, the blue strands now long gone.
Shaking your head quickly and picking the pace up again, you tried processing what has just happened.
You'd see the man quite often after laying eyes on him for the first time. He even had a nickname. Blue.
Blue's fashion was quite predictable now, for the man seemed not to prefer colorful clothes. During the day, his wardrobe consisted of simple t-shirts, black jeans and occasional black leather jacket. One thing that changed almost daily though, was the bag that he'd carry. Nonetheless, Blue would always walk as nonchalantly and confidently as ever.
Each time you'd encounter him, the man would remind you of that certain boy. Weirdly enough, Blue never once looked back, no matter how many times or how close you'd pass by. No matter what though, you'd notice the same pair of sharp eyes peeking through thick blue bangs â a feature you very well remember.
The second thing that would have anyone's interest piqued, was that you'd see the man at the shooting field as well. On the days when you decided on visiting and practicing your (already impressive) aim, he would already be there. You'd watch from afar, the last couple of shots he'd take before turning around to leave. The male never once stayed any longer. Blue wouldn't even check on his hits - he'd shoot thrice and leave immediately.
A thing that many would fail to notice, would be the fast movement of his arms as he pushed the gun back into his rucksack.
Over time, you've realized that the number of encounters with Blue was too great for a stranger. The possibility of it not being an accident started bugging you. Eventually, it became worrying.
In the dead time of the night, while walking through forgotten alleyways no one really passes through, you'd see him. On rainy nights, while everyone else ran or hid away as to not get soaked, Blue would walk calmly. Â
And maybe he had always been there, yet you simply never cared or gave it enough attention up until recently. Or maybe, it was something more serious.
His sight would often be locked onto his feet, hands shoved deep into jean pockets. During the night, Blue would wear all black, a mask and hood frequently covering up his face, yet the dark blue strands never failed to peek out. He'd also wear the same black worn out backpack, the one he never brought out in the daylight.
Although you've met and dealt with many different kinds of people, never once had someone managed to make you feel so curious but anxious at the same time. Neither of those feelings felt good.
Despite your initial pleasant surprise, Blue became someone who you disliked pretty fast. It bugged you how the two worlds happened to overlap at the most unconventional of times. Whether it was when you were spying on someone, following them or coming back to the base with blood on your hands, the man would make his appearance. You suddenly felt as if this stranger had a whole insight of your life and knew all of your secrets. As if he was aware of your job and worked as a spy whose target was you.
Feeling apprehensive was something you never expected to experience, especially while out of work. For the first time ever though, you thought about executing someone who you weren't ordered to take out. Â
Thanks to instances such as those stated earlier, you've developed a side mission over time. As if in you were in a game and suddenly had to unlock another small part of the main story to progress. There was an undying need to find out if your suspicions were correct and what exactly was so off-putting, upsetting about this man (who seemingly did no real harm to you). And of course, if there was a way to fix it before jumping to the last, desperate solution.
Truthfully, you never got any thrill from the pure act of execution. Taking someone's life was as emotional as raw poetry, but those emotions were never felt by the heart, much less the brain. Sometimes you wondered what your thoughts on everything would've been if you hadn't changed so much.
Taking another deep breath, you grit your teeth and backed the scared man against a wall. With a knife held close to his Adam's apple, the man gulped and winced for the last time. Fat beads of sweat raced each other against his neck. There was no remorse for the other â neither him or the rest of his happy family.
You didn't hear the pleads and wishes of the victim, as the cotton gag filling his mouth prevented any noise from escaping. The thin blade sliced through skin and flesh in a delicate manner, effectively damaging his windpipe. The man gasped for air, but only coughed back blood. White cotton soon changed color. Watching the white material turning red didn't make you feel any different, just like the eyes of the man who struggled in pure agony.
Only when it looked like the blood was about to create a puddle on the ground, did you remove the cotton. The other gasped two, three more times, too exhausted and lightheaded to take any action. With much force, you pulled the body towards an open manhole and dumped it inside, listening to the way it heavily fell into the water.
That's what drug debt does to you.
Closing the manhole up, you stuffed the bloody cotton inside your coat and hid the knife inside of your boot. Taking off black gloves and mask, you pushed them beside the cotton and walked in the opposing direction than the one you came from.
The connected alleyways seemed to go on forever, but they were no unfamiliar place to you. To say that you used them often wasn't a lie, but there was rarely anyone else doing the same. Light steps echoed shortly; the fog that unusually filled the tight space became thicker as you delved deeper. Suddenly, there was yet another echo coming from the other direction. The person was seemingly walking towards you. Unconsciously, you prepared to reach down for the knife.
Through the fog you could faintly make out a silhouette of a man approaching. Every step you took allowed a clearer view of the other, and eventually the full sight of his figure. With an exaggerated eye roll and in pure disbelief, you silently cursed your absolute luck. It once again proved to be just who you expected. Â
Blue walked with hurried steps, something you haven't seen before. Upon coming close enough to you, he looked up from the ground, pace slowing down and eyes meeting for the first time in a long while. Time seemed to slow down as well for both, one short moment extending to unexpected lengths. Â
Both were dressed in similar, dark attire, carrying a fake expression of innocence. Yet, the moment their irises met, a certain feeling spread throughout their bodies, as if they quietly confirmed it wasn't a coincidence that they met here at this time. Â
No words were exchanged, the moment finally ending as you passed by each other. There was a strong urge to look back after the other, but an inner voice whispered quietly, saying it was smarter not to do so. Not even when the man's steps promptly stopped echoing and you felt eyes on your back. Â
A couple of steps later, you picked up on a sudden, but barely noticeable smell of human blood. For a moment, you were tricked into thinking it was the cotton or knife that were stuffed inside your coat. Still, the closer you got to a certain container leaning against a building wall, you realized it couldn't be it.
Once a foot away from the huge object, you stopped. The smell wasn't at all strong, but still noticeable enough. You didnât want to interfere with whatever took place, but it didnât take long to realize someone laid dead in there. In the end, it was the smell you were surrounded with pretty much daily.
Dots were beginning to connect slowly, but you were once again forced into moving. The feeling of being watched was making you feel uneasy, but this time you were tempted enough to turn around. Â
There was no one standing where you expected them to. He was gone.
Sighing out loud, you turned around, took a quick left and finally walked out of the alleyway. There were almost no people on the streets, and the weird feeling was finally gone. The walk back to the base was just enough time to analyze all the different possibilities that unexpectedly plagued your mind.
It shouldnât have surprised you that it happened so soon. Â
A few rather peaceful days have passed since your last encounter with him. Time seemingly fled by, but unlike many other, these days were calm. The missions have come to a stale; therefore, you effectively used your free time to do chores and visit the market. In the end, the fridge wouldn't fill itself up.
The thin paper bag swung side to side as you walked. Cans and bottles made an unrecognizable but even melody as they clashed against each other. Lost in thought, you aimlessly walked forwards, enjoying the cool gust of wind hitting your face. Â
But then, in the corner of an eye, you picked up on a man running towards you.
He was in his forties, a body of short, strong and somewhat fat build covered by a formal, grey suit. There was little to no hair in the middle of his head, while two thick patches spread on the sides. He wore a panicked expression, eyebrows furrowed and eyes all but screaming for help. It took him only a few seconds to reach you.
âMiss?â The man panted, immediately bending down to place his hands on his shaking knees. âMiss, I beg for your helpâ.
Glancing at his face again, you recognized the other as Mr. White - a man who has been barking against the government quite a lot recently. The propaganda he preached was slowly but surely gaining more supporters, and it suddenly clicked for you. This little rat probably had a sudden reason to feel unsafe and afraid of experiencing the same end as many others. What a shame he was brave only on the TV.
For a moment, you were hesitant, unsure if accepting to help was a right thing to do. Especially when such a person was in question. You waited a minute, while the other gathered his thoughts and managed to form coherent words. He mustâve sensed your reluctance, for not another second was wasted before he began explaining.
âIâm sorry, I feel exposed and like Iâm being followed and...â Mr. White went on, blabbering something you only hummed along to, while scanning the surroundings. The park he came from wasnât that crowded, unlike the last time youâve passed by. There were only a few families playing with their kids and people walking their dogs. Â
Nothing out of the ordinary, yet a certain man walking a tall Doberman managed to have you interested.
â...that hooded man...â
Lips moving to form a smirk, you almost patted yourself on the back for suspecting the right person. The stranger was rather tall, wearing black fitting jeans and an oversized cherry red hoodie. Despite it being warm outside, a big hood was pulled over his head, and his face was somewhat covered by a cap he wore underneath. A strong hand gripped the chain leash that held a dauntingly big, black Doberman on a trained distance, walking in a calm pace. The dog was huge, with ears pointed up and forwards, steps elegant but threatening. One could swear that it could rip a manâs head off with one bite.
âWhy didnât you take a taxi?â You asked back, cutting off the current ongoing speech.
âI tried... I tried calling for one but... none... none stopped, please help me... stay with me, wait with meâ He practically begged, knees bent and hands pressing together as if praying. Passerby watched the scene unfold with surprised expressions, some even mocking the way the male behaved. Frowning at the current situation, you pulled the man up by his bicep, not in the mood for any unnecessary drama. He looked way too pathetic. Â
Nodding as a reply, you started walking towards the pedestrian crossing not so far away. On the other side, at the designated spot, youâd be able to call for a taxi.
The whole time, you ordered Mr. White to walk in front - as if your smaller form would be any coverage for him. Despite not being strong, the wind was still powerful enough to carry the quiet echo of footsteps behind you. The person walked with the same pace, keeping suspicious distance.
Once at the traffic light, you stopped. The panicked politician didnât dare move, his limbs stiff and frozen like a paused frame. At the given moment, you werenât sure if the man was even breathing â his chest wasnât at all moving. Unfortunately, the wait for the light to turn green was quite long. The steps that used to echo behind you came to a halt as the suspicious man finally caught up. It was then that you turned around to look at him â eyes meeting with a pair that held no emotion inside of them.
Blue looked even more handsome up close and in broad daylight. With fierce eyes and dominant aura, he seemed quite intimidating. While his facial features now resembled a grown man, they once again reminded you of that certain young boy. It was a sudden flash of clear memory, something youâve only experienced while crossing paths the blue haired man.
Blue attentively caught onto your interested gaze, for his eyebrow rose and lips formed a smirk. Slowly, as if you were supposed to notice, he glanced behind at the motionless politician and then back at you, this time with a wider smirk. Such a bold move.
And of course, it shouldnât have surprised you that it was him. Coincidence no more; your doubts were crumbling down like a house of cards thanks to the sudden stimuli.
The black dog watched you like prey, hungry eyes tracking every move. Thankfully, it was properly held in its place by the stronger man.
As soon as the light turned green, Blue took off, not sparing any more attention to neither of the two. The Doberman trailed in suit, walking graciously beside its owner, following the exact pace. You let him a few steps ahead, before crossing the street with Mr. White who seemed more relaxed now.
Paying the last bit of attention to the young man, your eyes unconsciously trailed down his leg. Immediately, you noticed the outline of a certain object that strained against the material of his fitting jeans. With a quick analysis, you recognized the weird shape â it was a knife.
That was it; exactly all the additional information you needed. The young boy grew up to be someone you now worked against.
Work, work, work. Thatâs all your mind was filled with for the past few weeks, and with a good reason. Being an undiscovered assassin often demanded immense amounts of creativity (which really proved to be hard when unmotivated) to avoid similarities between cases. Sometimes, you even had to choose the riskier and more public approach, much like today.
The current mission demanded a month-long preparation and as crazy as it might sound, obtaining explosive was the easiest part of it. You were lucky to have a couple of acquaintances who somehow had the exact stuff you needed, and at a great price as well.
For exactly four weeks, youâve watched over a certain man, a tall, strong and well-known drug dealer called K. Besides actively selling all sorts of opium and illegal substances, the man led a powerful gang named The Vipers. Youâve never been hired by that gang, but youâve heard a lot about them through numerous connections and accidental eavesdropping. Sometimes, you thought that assassins were the biggest threat to their employers, thanks to the amount of insider knowledge they pick up on over time.
The Vipers heavily depended on their leaders, brothers K and B. The older sibling, K, as the stronger leader, took most control over their big bites, while B did the other, sporadic and less serious work. Still, they cooperated perfectly, working in sync to create a big, illegal underground market, that the government never spoke about.
Unfortunately, they got themselves into a big fuss with another powerful gang, Weiro, the details never once directly explained to you. There were a couple of things that you couldâve suspected went down, but really, it wasnât your job and interest. Anyhow, Weiro employed you, with a strict order to kill K in an extravagant way that will have his gang warned properly. Their request had your eyes rolling back; music wishes were never a favorite.
For a whole month, you studied the man, all of his whereabouts and paid attention to the people he interacted with from an unassuming distance. While K probably lived a very stressful and interesting life behind the closed doors of his hideouts and warehouses, his everyday ethics were pretty bland and easy to predict. Of course, you werenât the one to complain, for it made your job easier.
During that time, youâve also thought of an extravagant but careful enough way to finish the mission. Thankfully, creativity wasnât a skill you lacked most of the time. Â
The plan was simple when broken down. Every third day, at 4pm, K. drives from his home to The Vipersâ main warehouse. He takes the exact same route to reach that destination in the shortest period of time, driving either his black Porsche or Bâs red Dodge. Both cars were one of a kind in the area. There are exactly 6 traffic lights he has to stop at before advancing to the highway and leaving the city. With some advanced work, you managed to interfere with them through a tiny device that was set up and connected to a phone. It still didnât work at command (which you wish it did), but it bought some time by prolonging the red light.
Thankfully, your city had a wide chain of sewers that spread under every single street, numerous manholes leading in and out. Â
The public town cameras positioned at almost every corner were connected to your phone as well, allowing a great view of the street youâll be operating on â or underneath, for a better narration. Navigating through the sewers should be relatively easy, thanks to the map youâve studied numerous times. After interrupting the traffic light, Kâs car will (presumably) stop right above a manhole, through which youâd be able to set up a 30-second explosive. The car should explode a street away, killing K.
Surprisingly enough, the plan worked out perfectly. With hurried steps youâve walked into one of the empty alleyways, immediately running towards an already open manhole. There was a bright yellow warning that indicated a hole in the ground â one that no one closed even after a whole year of the sign just standing there. Looking around for the last time, you slipped in, sprinting away the moment your feet touched the ground.
Steps echoed through the empty tunnel, contact with wet surface only creating loud splashing noises. Currently, the screen of your phone was split, half showing the camera display of the street and half exhibiting a blue button and a frozen counter. A few minutes of fast navigation through the sewers, you looked up, realizing the designated place was there. A quick look up granted proof that the plate was there. K was then taking a turn, only a few hundred meters away from you. Â
With a quick and forceful tap of the blue circle, you watched the light turn red.
The powerful vehicle driving closer appeared even louder down there. When K stopped and the noisy engine came to a halt, the cameras were there to confirm his perfect position. Hurriedly, you climbed up, working the plate open with a miniature crowbar (that you carried in a backpack, along with the explosive). Then, with calculated and calm movements, the metal cover was carefully moved and the car was right there.
Huge amount of smoke entered through the opening, making you cough. Much like always, time was precious and there were only twenty more seconds. Skillfully, you securely tied the tiny bomb to the underside of Kâs vehicle, closing the manhole up and setting the timer off immediately after.
The light turned green and the mighty engine roared for its last time.
Taking a clean jump down, you ran back the same way. Somewhere in the middle, you heard a huge bang, followed by strong vibrations of the ground. Smirking, you nodded in satisfaction because of yet another case well done.
Outside, on the main street, while many panicked about the car currently on fire and a dead man inside, the familiar blue-haired stranger watched with calm in his irises. He was leaned on one of the walls, laughing at the scared pedestrians and their clumsiness. Then, as if programmed, the moment you came out of the alleyway, he turned to face you.
Caught like a deer in headlights, you stopped in tracks. Blue smirked boldly, nodding slightly with a raised eyebrow â as if giving props for the finished job. Once again, an anxious feeling overtook your body, slight goosebumps appearing on soft skin. Gulping, you took a deep breath and walked right past, trying not to look intimidated by his sharp gaze.
Despite the familiarity you felt, Blue never once showed any signs of knowing who you once were or where you came from. Yet, it looked as if he knew exactly who you were and who you worked for currently, which was a worse situation to be in.
Once again, you aimlessly walked through lit up, bustling streets. Unnecessarily, you felt like a part of the normal community during these times. The chilly wind was somewhat relaxing against warm skin, serving as a distraction from overthinking. There were a thousand things that could go wrong every time, and thinking about them wouldnât make anything easier. In the end, your skill and instincts never failed you, every move already memorized as muscle reflex.
About twenty minutes in, you caught onto a familiar person a few meters ahead. There was a small group of people separating the two of you, therefore they allowed short glimpses. Still, the tall, lean physique and dark blue hair that gleamed under the street light, gave their identity away. It was him.
The manâs posture was something you were already used to â relaxed, with steps long but calculated. His head was bent down lifting up for a second only, before falling down again. With the way his arms were positioned, you supposed the male held a phone or some sort of device in his hands. Â Not daring to approach, you chose to follow his movements from a safe distance. Â
A tall, strong man took a quick right turn into one of the side streets, effectively distancing away from the crowd. You wouldnât have paid any special attention to him, if it werenât for Blueâs gradual stop as well. Choosing not to blow the cover off, you continued with the same pace for a little while, ignoring the other as you passed right by. After about thirty more steps, you sat on one of the free benches that allowed a clear view of the blue haired man.
He stood on the same place, now leaning against one of the street lamps, phone still in hands. The device lit up Blueâs beautiful features, his stern eyes occasionally looking up and at the direction that man disappeared in. From his actions, you presumed he was the next target, and the assassin was only studying his behavior and roundabouts.
Although you couldnât see, Blue watched the man enter one of the buildings, then waited for the lights on the 3rd floor to turn on and a window to be opened, much like always. When that happened, he pushed the phone into his jacket and turned around, happy with the final observation. You sneakily watched from afar, admiring the relaxation and carefreeness.
Then unexpectedly, Blue turned his head slowly, eyes meeting with yours. They found you so easily and thatâs when you realized there was no cover to begin with. The uneasiness once again itched your skin. It was clear that he was aware of your positioning, hell, he probably even knew when you were behind him. The manâs eyebrow rose in an amused manner, before he looked the other way and walked away.
Something told you to go and follow. Â
Taking careful and light steps between people, you tried to stay as low-key as possible, although the other probably expected â scratch that, knew â you were behind. His phone rang, an annoying ringtone interrupting the previous atmosphere. Blue picked up quick, talking quietly but laughing loudly at whatever the person on the other end said. Quickening the pace, you were able to get close enough to hear pieces of their conversation â unfortunately it wasnât anything interesting, rather a casual talk between two friends. You suspected the man used this as a foolish cover.
Suddenly, he turned a corner, disappearing right behind. The phone call was still ongoing, his strong voice echoing through the alleyway for just a short period of time before getting lost in silence. You waited a couple of seconds before advancing.
It was your shadow that first made it around, but it made no effort of warning you about whatâs to come. A silent scream left your lips, as the man youâve been stalking for the past twenty minutes stood right ahead. His body was so incredibly close, minty breath fanning against your face. The corner of his lips formed a teasing smirk. Â
âHello, Redâ He spoke, voice low, but with a pinch of playfulness in it. His big hand lifted up and reached behind your ear, taking a hold of a certain strand of hair. Noticing the expected color was no more, Blue frowned lightly. âOh? Itâs not red anymore?â
His act evidently surprised you, eyes wide open and lips parted slightly. The fact that he called you Red had only increased the bewilderment. A battle of foreign emotions started inside of your mind and chest. A foreign, bubbly feeling was fueled by pure hope that the other somehow remembered you, while the rational mind suspected the manâs real intentions and knowledge. In the end, Blue had never once interacted with you directly, how would he know about a hidden strand? Who did he hear it from?
âHello, Blueâ You replied, looking him right in the eyes and choosing to ignore his previous question. There was a slight tinge of dominance in your words, something that the other wasnât quite expecting. âNice to finally meet youâ
âHavenât you a long time ago, though?â He questioned, the smirk now turning into a light-hearted smile. Something about it had you wanting to wipe it off immediately. Nevertheless, his words once again had a double meaning. They echoed in your mind, replaying like a never-ending mantra. Technically, the two of you were no strangers, but what reason should you give him? Was it thanks to the faith that intertwined your paths or was it the history youâve indirectly shared?
âLetâs just say I like to make things formal like thisâ The more you observed the manâs features, the more you grew intrigued. He was just so perfectly sculpted, and it made no sense that someone as breathtaking as him busied himself with such dirty work. Yet, God only knew what had forced the young boy to choose such a path.
âWell then, my name is Juyeonâ Blue extended his hand for a handshake, once again showcasing just how big his hands were. Not bothering to take the gloves off, you accepted his greeting, somehow managing to feel the roughness of his palm over the black leather. A quick mutter of your own name was seemingly enough for Juyeon, for he hummed along and repeated it with the same tone. You didnât miss the smooth flow of the vowels off his tongue.
Tranquility enveloped the small alleyway. Wind blew through it in strong waves, messing up your hair. Two frames stood just a step away, never once breaking eye contact, but prolonging the silence that swallowed every other sound. It was becoming awkward, yet neither knew how to bring up topics that obviously interested both.
âSo, want to grab coffee, or?â Juyeon asked, breaking the suffocating atmosphere. His words served as a splash of cold water that brought you back into Reliaty, eyes averting their gaze for the first time. You watched a rat run from one trash can to the other, disappearing behind it in a matter of seconds.
âNo, I actually have something more important to doâ The truth was, you wanted to go with him out of pure curiosity, but a lot was holding you back. Even after imagining this exact moment a thousand times, you werenât sure you were ready for it. Apart from that, there was yet another more impulsive reason for the refusal. Youâve been taught that everyone was an enemy when looked at from the right angle, especially in this job. Therefore, you were to deny as a precaution to not allow just anyone to use any information against you.
And whatâs the most unfortunate was that Juyeon wasnât just anyone. He was exactly your type. Which meant that he was both the most dangerous and safest of them all. The worst combination.
âBut less important than following me for about...â The male looked down at his watch, an expensive device tightly secured around his wrist, â20 minutes?â. Blue's expression was one of curiosity, probably anticipating the reply to his remark.
âI had time to killâ It wasnât at all believable, but the other let it slide with a slight chuckle. He glanced at you with an amused look, before speaking.
âKill huh? Working so late?â Juyeon teased, the chuckle from before now growing into an audible laugh. Truthfully, this exact reply had caught you off guard pretty well and the silence that suddenly spread was a solid proof of it. Fortunately, though, the other allowed time to think of an answer properly, all while having the cheekiest smile spread on his lips.
âWhy so surprised? Werenât you doing the same a little while ago?â Juyeon nodded at your question, shoulders shrugging fast as if to nonchalantly approve of it. You were quite surprised with his quick confirmation that didnât hold a pinch of hesitance. It felt as if he was perfectly fine with verifying all of your suspicious and letting you know about the trivial things. Logically speaking, it was only fair, considering how much he apparently knew about you.
âWell then... I canât do anything about your timeâ Tsking to show fake disappointment, the male pushed his hands into tight jean pockets and gazed down. It was surprising that he wasnât pushing the proposal, rather accepting the denial. For whichever reason, your pride accepted a decent hit. With one foot, he carelessly kicked a rock on the ground with a heel, making something underneath his shoe cling. The sound didnât go unnoticed.
âI guess Iâll see you around thenâ Juyeon added, before turning in the other direction and slipping away. Before you could react, the man was already ten steps ahead, carrying himself in the same relaxed fashion as before. His steps echoed, the soles of his shoes way too hard on the ground. Upon a quick accidental look, you noticed a piece of shiny metal on his heels, reflecting off the light that happened to hit them directly. Huffing was your only reaction to it.
The whole way back, your thoughts were a hectic mess, one that couldnât be calmed down, for they always wandered towards the blue haired assassin.
You never really liked warehouses, for they were way too open. Thankfully though, the one you were working in today wasnât empty â crates and boxes filled with unknown substances and materials were scattered all around, as well as machinery thatâs used to move them around. Overall, all of those objects allowed much cover and plenty of room to comfortably work around the broad place. Moreover, your steps werenât going to echo too much in such a setting.
Todayâs target was a man named Captain Lee, a case similar to about a hundred others previously assigned â work with government officials. You never cared how many people did what, but you supposed the most died because they hadn't paid their part of the deal or smuggled with the government. Either way, they happened often and you will never run out of work just because of that. Â
Hidden and on a great distance, you watched Lee and another man (assumed government official) enter the warehouse. Unfortunately, both had a generous number of bodyguards, but luckily, none were allowed inside. The huge door was the only easy entrance option, but since that would immediately ruin the mission, you decided to infiltrate some other way. Working fast and precise, you climbed up set of drainpipes and entered through an open window on the roof. Done in less than three minutes â record time. Dropping down was a more challenging move, but nothing too bad, for you entered far enough from the two men to remain unnoticed.
Your shoes that were two sizes bigger, proved to be a bigger hassle today than ever before. The metal railing was very hard to move over without making any unnecessary sound. The mask on your face helped you breathe properly, the air being way too stale for anyoneâs liking. Thankfully, there were no major light sources that would interfere with your cover. Full black attire matched perfectly with the semi-dark surroundings. Â
The voices of the two males werenât loud, but in an empty space like this, the echo was immense. It helped you navigate around or between the crates and gigantic shelves in the most accurate manner. The pistol in your hand was already equipped with a silencer, your hand reaching up to stabilize it for the last time. Slowly, you sneaked closer, back pressed against a set of boxes.
Then, unpredictably, something moved in the corner of your eye.
Stopping dead in tracks, your full attention moved to the staircase not so far away. It was protected by one of the huge machines â those you supposed organized all of these crates. Your mind promptly wandered off to the worst scenario â it mustâve been a guard you failed to notice. Gripping the pistol with more force, you aimed at the suspicious area, holding the bullet in, but ready to fire if needed.
Despite the darkness, you noticed a puff of blue hair. Lowering the gun with an inaudible sigh, your eyes rolled back, jaw clenching in frustration. The boy peeked out carefully, irises finding yours in an instant. He nodded in your direction, hand moving slightly in a low wave. Â
Looks like the day has come when the two sides get to work together.
Juyeon seemed to realize that as well, for he moved closer to the edge of his cover, evidently willing to make a plan of action. For a moment, ego and pride made you think about ditching the offer, why would you ever need help? But on a second thought, he would definitely make everything easier, and who in their right mind would deny that? Shuffling closer, you accepted the silent proposal with a nod.
Although far away, the two succeeded in communicating through short signals, functionally organizing a proper scheme. Youâve got to know the male was equipped with a knife only â which really didnât make things easier, but it was possible to work around it.
Juyeon got moving quick after ending the discussion, making his way around the warehouse. You watched his steps until he disappeared, readying yourself to fire at Lee and disappear if anything goes wrong. In the end, you werenât going to risk getting caught because of someone elseâs mistake all while already being so close to completing your part of the job.
Once in position, the other assassin threw a coin in another direction, the tiny object immediately serving as a distraction. Exactly then, both of you jumped out of cover, not giving the two men any reaction time before It was too late.
Juyeon grabbed the official from the back and covered his mouth with one hand, the other coming up to slit his throat, while you fired two rounds at Leeâs head. The pistol, although suppressed, made two sets of noises that still sounded through the warehouses.
Experienced, you knew that if the bodyguards had trained ears, theyâd pick up on the sound. Therefore, in a hurry and with a wish to get out of there asap, you grabbed Juyeonâs unoccupied hand and took off running. Hurried steps probably made more sound than the shots you were worried about, but thankfully there was still no one that could hear them.
Juyeon diligently followed behind, holding onto the thin blade and occasionally looking back at the entrance door. Fortunately, both of you were able to reach the exit in a matter of few minutes. Just a moment before slipping out, he picked up on a glimpse of two bulky silhouettes entering the warehouse. Pay people to protect you, only to be murdered without witnesses. Bodyguards my ass, Juyeon thought.
Neither spoke until far away from the mission location. Walking through the woods, both tried making as little noise as possible, gripping their weapons tight just in case there was any more danger. In the natural setting, black clothes greatly contrasted the greens, yellows and browns. Nonetheless, the two figures silently walked through with determination.
Only when in complete clear, did the both stuff their weapons inside their attire, taking the hoods and masks off before anyone could notice. More relaxed and less covered up, youâd look like a normal couple taking a walk in the nature. The road you took led towards the center of the city, but it was a long, long walk. Â
After scanning your emotionless face for a few minutes, Juyeon was the first to break the silence.
âDonât you feel the smallest bit of remorse? He had a sick wife and year-old twins waiting for him at homeâ The question was a pure shocker. Instantly stopping in place, you looked the other in the eye with the most baffled expression. Out of everything he couldâve asked, thatâs what he chose to say? Was he judging you? Was he expecting you to actually care? Â
You weren't sure where he was coming from.
âExcuse me? Do you? Are you any better than I am?â You bit back, hoping the pure annoyance that dripped from your words reached the other. Juyeonâs face didnât change at all though, it remained blank, as if your passive attack hadnât even touched him. As if you were getting worked up for no reason.
âHe didnât have a family; I donât sign such things; therefore, I donât feel that wayâ The male replied, in a matter of fact tone. His attention wasnât on you, but an invisible dot in the distance, somewhere between all of the trees and bushes. Still, he could clearly feel you looking at him with a suspicious expression.
âDonât look at me with those eyes. I have a choice and I choose not to do it, simple as that. Not everyone works for the same people and has the same goals as youâ
You wondered how can someone make your blood boil in such a short period of time. Much like you, Juyeon trained for years; it was a fact that he had no empathy for any of his victims â such thing was inevitable. Every assassin in training had to go through the desensitization program, and no one was different than the other when it came to feelings of this kind. So, what exactly was he trying to do with his questions?
Why did it matter if you cared or not? Why did it matter if someone had a family or not? What was the difference? Just because he worked for âthe good guysâ, he got to be the morally right one? What even was it they fought for? Peace, order, harmony in the community as a whole? Or satisfaction, more power of the hungry ones on top by murdering individuals? You had to laugh.
All these years of work and youâve never once stopped to think about someoneâs family or friends, for it simply wouldnât have changed anything about the final decision. âNo hard feelingsâ was one of the few rules of the whole ordeal. Killing people was your job, the execution of someone didnât have anything to do with their sick wives or young children. Â
You stepped forward, pressing a finger into Juyeonâs chest.
âListen up pretty boy, weâre both murderers. We carry the souls of hundreds on our weapons. It doesnât fucking matter who our targets are. Weâre the exact same; except, Iâm honest and I only do this because it pays good fucking money, and what is it youâre striving for? With your ass always covered? Pitiful peace and justice? Thatâs pathetic. Thereâs no such thing in this job.â
At this point, you were fuming, jaw clenched and eyes boring holes into the otherâs forehead. Although your voice was hushed, it was quite authoritative. The boiling blood that flowed through veins quick only fueled your irritated brain. Truthfully, the boy did feel slightly intimidated, but more so intrigued.
âGet your head out of that utopia mindset. âOh Iâm killing because that helps keep our community peacefulâ, no! Youâre killing to make the rats on the top happy and get paid a fortune! Youâre taking a life whoever youâre working for. It does not matter if they have ten starving children, or a sugar baby waiting for them at home. Thereâs a reason they should be dead and youâre not the one to question it! Much less using family as an argument! Thatâs pointless!â
Juyeon didnât try and oppose your thoughts, only watched your annoyed being work itself up with every sentence spoken. The smirk on his lips slowly grew wider, eventually turning into an honest smile. Although not in ideal conditions, you managed to captivate him so much, and the man wanted to know and hear more from you, even if that meant you had to yell at his reasoning.
It was interesting how the tables have turned though. Juyeon suddenly wanted to continue observing and listening to you, admire this smaller being that held so much power and determination. It was only now that the male realized the appeal of doing so, after so many years of wondering just what had you looking at him from a distance for so long. The two of you were so different now, despite being so similar back then. Yet the one thing that hadn't changed, was the beauty of the young girl that had evidently followed her into adulthood.
Heâd hardly admit it, but he was glad that faith had done its job at setting the two of you up again.
Thanks to your state, the next fifteen minutes went by without any more words. Juyeon kept a safe distance, a couple of steps behind you, unsure of what to do. The tension was beginning to make him uncomfortable. At one point, the thin blade placed inside of his hoodie moved, and the boy let out a fast yelp. The knife managed to shift in such a way that fortunately didnât harm, but warned the other of its position.
Juyeon crouched down and pushed one arm underneath his hoodie, moving the weapon and trying to push it deeper into the hidden fluffy pocket. For whatever reason, worried about the lack of presence behind, you turned around and noticed the man crouching down, an uncomfortable expression on his face. Approaching out of pure curiosity, you lowered to be on eye level â not quite expecting Blueâs next move. Just to break the unbearable tension, he thought.
With a quick grasp of your arm, Juyeon pulled you towards him, falling back into the soft grass. The two figures fell down, one of which was smirking wide with hooded eyes and the other wore an astonished expression.
âYou see Red, youâre some type of enemy for the regime as well, working for sketchy people and killing unnoticed... Be more careful, otherwise I can make some money off you tooâ The boy joked, voice calm but low. His sudden change of demeanor had you pleasantly surprised and without much thought, you joined in on the play. Situated on top of him, you lowered yourself down, just a few inches away from his face.
âOh, you can, but you wonâtâ You replied back, a smirk of your own bidding its hello.
âWhat makes you think I wonât?â Juyeon answered, suddenly pressing something sharp against your stomach. In any other instance, the action would have immediately set off your self-defense mechanism, but right now, the man was allowed to have his harmless fun. Somehow, you felt the other wasnât a threat, and your senses never lied to you.
âBecause itâs against your morals, pretty boy. You wouldnât dare. You kill only when ordered and I highly doubt I was ever on your listâ With that, you managed to take home a doubtless checkmate. The man tried ignoring the way you called him for the second time that day. Slowly but surely, you took a hold of Juyeonâs big hand that held the weapon and moved it away to a much safer distance. The other let you, without any protest or fight back.
âPlus... I donât think Iâm working against you; I donât touch anyone else but the bad guys, remember?â
At such close proximity, it was possible to predict what were the thoughts of both. Unexpectedly though, beside a moment-driven need to press your lips together, there was a hidden feeling of understanding and content. Both remained in the exact position for a little while, breathing the same air and enjoying this unique situation.
Without any special reason, you lifted up and touched Juyeon's nose with a soft finger. The act changed the atmosphere quick and caused both to giggle, pleasantly surprised to experience it recklessly Mindfully, you then hoisted yourself up and off the boy, helping him get on his feet as well.
An imperceptible crack formed inside of your soul, something that was just a beginning of a storm.
The next two weeks passed by without any encounters. You took time off to regain energy before moving onto the next scheduled and fixed mission, while Juyeon busied himself with the usual, easy executions. Heâd run around the city, hang about in underground passages throughout the day and sneak through alleyways during the night. His victims werenât big bites at all, for he had gotten used to simple cases of unprotected individuals. Â
Juyeon has always been covered by the government, which was to be expected since he did work for them. Every single life the assassin had taken, was never recorded in his dossier, for it remained as clean as ever. The cases he and a few other colleagues worked on were never investigated properly, always thrown under the mat or closed by the court after a few days. It often happened that innocent people were forced to take blame, just so the families of victims felt âcontentâ and âjusticeâ - despite it being far away from that.
The boy had a proper reason for why he chose the path of paid assassination. It's not rare to hear that people whoâre born in a violent environment grow up to be violent as well â and unfortunately that was exactly what happened to the blue haired assassin.
Juyeon was only seven when he had lost a dear parent. On an unfortunate night, his father had come home shitface drunk and proceeded to beat up his mother. It was sad to say, but the boy, as well as his younger brother, were used to violence, as it occurred almost daily. Their mother would always usher the two youngsters into their rooms, before she strongly took all of the anger of the older so her kids wouldnât have to. The man had rarely ever come home sober, and the number of times they listened to the pitiful gasps and cries downstairs was way too great to count.
Still, one night, Juyeon noticed his mother laying on the ground in a pool of red liquid and her mouth parted with eyes fixed on an invisible dot. The father, enraged and unable to process the situation properly, lunged towards him. With extreme amount of luck, Juyeon managed to shield his younger brother for a second, immediately grabbing him by the hand and running out into the open.
Even so young, Juyeon was aware of everything. Raindrops fell in an even, calm rhythm on the pavement while the sky flashed every now and then. He ran almost barefoot, the socks on his feet soaked by the wet pavement. All the time, he held tight onto the youngerâs hand, encouraging him to continue running despite everything else. The teddybear his brother carried was dragged along the ground, plastic nose creating a strange noise over asphalt ground.
It took a long time until they were able to find someone on the streets in such weather. One young and reliable looking woman stood under a shop shade, seemingly waiting for the pour to stop. Mindfully though, she ran out of cover to help the same moment they came into view. The woman was shocked and distressed, listening to the heartbreaking story of two young souls who spoke through never-ending tears, their voices breaking with every sob.
Juyeon and his brother were taken into custody quick, and their father was arrested in a matter of one day. Sadly, the siblings were soon separated, both going into different families due to unknown circumstances. They never saw each other again.
Juyeon grew up into a teenager with a never dying urge to get revenge on his father. The picture of his mother lying dead on the ground replayed behind his eyelids every time they closed, it only fueling the hidden fury. He couldnât fall asleep easily and when it somehow happened, he wouldnât sleep for long as the image would haunt his young mind even then. Juyeon was unwillingly updated on the state of his father, who he visited not even once.
Either way, Juyeon silently plotted how to get back on the remaining parent, not letting anyone know anything about those plans â which fell apart in the end. The elder died in prison two years later â cause unknown. Juyeon hadnât bothered to go to the funeral.
The teen ended up without a revenge, nor the justice he thought his mother deserved. Juyeon turned towards bad habits and streets fights, often falling victim to toxic relationships. Everything he did was to ease off the horrible feeling of guilt and anger he simultaneously felt. Secretly, everyone feared him, his sharp words and skills, despite the boy never doing any intentional harm to others without a proper reason. The fights Juyeon got into were only when he felt immoraly wronged, or when someone really pissed him off. Â
Eventually, the boy was introduced to the job heâd later become a professional at. Young Juyeon thoroughly thought this tough decision over many times, especially when standing before the big, bossy man who immediately offered him a contract. The older said that people like him tend to be perfect for the job, particularly when driven by a certain emotion â something that would drive them on. At first, Juyeon wasnât sure where he would end up with a âdegreeâ in assassination, therefore hesitance was a reasonable reaction. Â
Sly as a fox though, the boss used unfortunate history against the rookie. Juyeon was told that if he did well enough, thereâs a chance heâd be accepted into the government guard â and it fought for justice and peace. Â
It was surprising how kids of different backgrounds happen to receive the same treatment and training, only to end up on different places again. One could think that since everyone experienced identical programs, they were meant to work together â when it was the exact opposite. The minor differences in performance and work ethics that could easily be overlooked, were the ones that labeled you a certain position. And unfortunately, it often depended on just what kind of person they turned you into.
Juyeon thought about his time there often. Short pieces of memory flying by and disappearing in an instant. The six years he spent watching different clips of torture and learning how to flawlessly execute a silent murder. All the days his mobility was challenged â running the same course, climbing different heights and crawling through miniature gaps while carrying different weapons.
He thought about all the different people there, all of the kids that he watched get beat up and heard scream â many of those giving up after only days of training. Â
But she never did.
The little girl that always observed his practices and paid attention to his every move, as if she was trying to remember them as well. He remembered the younger taking everything thrown at her like a complete champion, determination and will for success written over her face in bold letters. Juyeon always wondered just what it was that made her so persistent.
Shivers ran down his spine as the face of the little girl in his head took on familiar lines. They formed a mature and stoic, yet beautiful as ever face. Juyeon sighed loudly, still not processing the fact that faith made it be so their paths crossed again.
How exactly the two of you managed to find each other so fast in a club full of people, was unexplainable. It couldâve been a sixth sense that youâve developed, for the two pairs of eyes immediately locked the moment you walked in. Thanks to previous experiences and an uninteresting game of guessing, youâve come to the realization that once again, the playing field was same for both.
Slowly creeping up to the man, you threw your hands around his neck, attempting to dance to whatever song the DJ was remixing. It was an easy way to get blended into the crowd and communicate with the other without raising suspicion. Flashing colorful lights along with the excessive amount of fake mist and sweaty people once again reminded of the reason why you didnât like clubs. But alas, work had to be done. Â
Juyeon had caught onto your plan, but the smirk and hooded eyes clearly showed that he was quite amused with your boldness. Carefully, his big hands creeped up to your hips, bringing close to his and swaying them to the beat of the song. With a gasp of surprise, you giggled, turning around in Juyeonâs hold, back pressed flush against his strong chest. The maleâs head moved closer, lips lingering just above your ear. Out of pure curiosity, with a swift move, your ass ground against Juyeonâs crotch, eliciting the sweetest gasp in return. Before any remark could be made, you glanced back, speaking in such a volume that no one else heard.
âWho is it tonight?â Â
âOne of the sisters, Yuriâ Juyeon replied, voice low and rough, soft lips finally touching your ear. The grip on your hips tightened, as a precaution to not dare pull the same trick twice. Although the colorful tints of flashing lights turned the whole room into hectic mess, Juyeon was thankful for it hid the flush that unknowingly overtook his features.
âOh, how exciting!â You replied in a sarcastic tone. âIâm here because of Aria!â The answer received a hum of understanding in return. Â
The two sisters, Aria and Yuri, while not the most influential on the streets, had managed to get themselves involved in quite a few problems with the big ones, for a short period of time. To know that the fall of both happened due to oneâs mistakes was slightly disappointing. It was one of those rare cases you were disclosed all details, and simply put, it had your eyes rolling back. Everything couldâve been easily sorted out.
Despite being twins, they were complete opposites. Aria was always the calm, calculated and careful sibling, while Yuri ran around, causing problems, concerning herself with illegal jobs and getting away with it thanks to her connections. Those associates often asked for something in return, and more often than not, it was someone with some type of political power. You guessed thatâs why Juyeon was here tonight. Canât say it wasnât to be expected.
Aria, although the more mature twin, got dragged into everything thanks to Yuri. Surprisingly enough, she managed to find a place in the community fast. At first, Aria often did the dirty and hard work of finding new druggie customers for her bosses. Eventually, she progressed and ranked up significantly (no one really knows how she did it so fast), finally allowed to deal crack and heroine by herself â while of course having to pay a percentage back to the leader. The semi-autonomy was there in theory. Â
It all went smooth and well until Yuri found out. To her irrational brain, it only meant free shots of fun every time she needed it. Therefore, like a fool, Yuri started using the drugs her sister had to sell, without giving a coin back. Whatever the reason was, Aria let her.
Debt happened fast, as Aria couldnât pay back enough money, nor make up a good enough excuse as to where the drugs went. The siblings tried prolonging their (Ariaâs) payment date and buying just a tad bit more time to get everything sorted out. Empty promises were spoken through disposable phones as Aria pledged the money will be ready soon. Â
And as if they were suddenly blind and deaf to the fact of being in debt, the sisters decided to open a nightclub. Apparently, the earnings (they hoped would happen fast) would be used to pay back thousands of dollars they owed.
Unfortunately, being too hopeful was never a good thing. And thatâs why you were there on the exact day of the grand opening.
âWell then, can I ask you to be my partner in crime, Miss?â Juyeon whispered, nudging your temple with his nose. Although in the mood to play with the other for a little while longer, you had to get to work first. Once again turning in his hold, you nodded and began bopping along to the new beat that vibrated off the walls. With foreheads pressed together, you tried ignoring Juyeonâ sharp gaze and focusing on discussing a plan of action.
°âą. âż .âąÂ° °âą. âż .âąÂ° °âą. âż .âąÂ°Â
It was unusually easy to get inside of the security room, turn the cameras off and delete all footage of the current night. With a bit of secretive work, two assassins found a blueprint of the whole floor, familiarizing themselves with all important points of the nightclub â first and foremost the security room. Immediately, both got to work.
Thanks to your moderately revealing outfit and Oscar-worthy acting (no sarcasm intended), you worked as a distraction in the first part of the plan. Accidentally walking into a male bathroom, you managed to gain attention of drunk and drugged men. As expected, they followed out like hungry dogs. Â
In the meantime, Juyeon slipped in and out of the bathroom through an open window. The drain pipes, weird infrastructure and façade of the whole building, allowed him to make his way around and towards the security room. The window was barely open, but with a bit of force, it was lifted up higher and Juyeon jumped in without much sound. Â
With quick work of skilled fingers, the footage was deleted and all cameras were disabled for the night. Following the same path, the male left, making sure to lower the window into its previous position before returning to the bathroom. Luckily, your charm and flirty words worked well enough to keep other men outside the room until Juyeon came back.
He felt wronged seeing everyone looking you up and down as if you were some type of provocative art piece, hoping to get a feeling with their nasty fingers. Immediately, Juyeon approached the little group and wrapped a protective arm around your shoulder, leading you away. Sounds of disapproval were heard from the rest, but neither paid no mind, already focused on the next piece of the plan.
°âą. âż .âąÂ° °âą. âż .âąÂ° °âą. âż .âąÂ°Â
Keeping up the cover often required creative and interesting measures. Youâve been there, done that many times, yet never once have you made out with someone in public because of it.
At one point of the night, while progressing towards the next point, youâve noticed a couple of guards paying a little bit more attention than usual. The amount of security surrounding one piece of the corridor was enough information to understand that the sisters (or at least one of them) were in one of those rooms. Trying to play drunk and drugged was so far the best shot at being left alone, but it seemingly didnât work this time, as one bulky man walked towards you. The sound of his voice was almost silenced by the deafening music playing in the background.
âIâm sorry this is a-â Â
Suddenly, Juyeon pushed you against a wall. Big hands cupped your face, holding it so delicately, carefully, as if you were a rose made out of glass. Yet, his lips moved against yours with a hungry and lustful feeling, only breaking apart to catch a breath before continuing where interrupted. One of his hands trailed lower, hitching one of your thighs over his hips, earning a rather surprised and breathless gasp in return. Unfortunately, the guard wasnât willing to cooperate.
âIâm sorry, youâll have to leave this areaâ He yelled, voice unexpectedly high for a man his built. Juyeon chose to ignore the other, kisses now trailing underneath your jaw and over the tender skin of your neck, nipping but not strong enough to leave any marks.
Growing impatient and with an obvious pressure from his colleagues that bore holes into his back, the guard grabbed and  Juyeonâs bicep, effectively breaking the two apart. It took all of Juyeonâs mind strength not to turn around and break the manâs arm â that much was obvious from the sudden fire in his eyes.
âLeaveâ The bigger said, pointing back towards the direction youâve came from. With glassy and hooded eyes, you watched the intimidating man, giving him a wide, forced smile. Pointing between the two guys, you started laughing, occasionally looking away and trying to suppress more giggles from spilling out. Juyeon caught onto the tactic and followed it, his shoulders rising and falling in a fast rhythm.
âIâm sorry~ weâll gooooâ Not wanting to create any unnecessary drama, you grasped Juyeonâs hand, leading the way while fake stumbling and force laughing the whole time. The male tried supporting you, and for a more authentic look, his own steps shortened and uneven.
âDrunk kids... I canât bel..â Was all youâve heard from the guard, before his voice blended in and disappeared in great noise that was an EDM beat.
°âą. âż .âąÂ° °âą. âż .âąÂ° °âą. âż .âąÂ°Â
Around one in the morning, when the night was reaching its peak, the two targets came out of their room. Despite other distractions, Juyeon and you spectated from a safe distance, dancing against each other for the nth time that night. As per usual, Yuri appeared high and out of her mind, while Aria dragged her towards a small terrace that overlooked the dance floor. There was a guard that followed behind.
âI guess itâs true that theyâre giving a speech tonight... how eventfulâ With a sarcastic tone, Juyeon whispered in your ear. You looked up towards the terrace and hummed along to signal his words have been heard.
âThereâs only one guard following, there must be more up thereâ He continued, head dipping low and lips caressing the exposed skin of your neck. Following the beat of the song, Juyeon moved one of his legs between yours, interested to see the reaction heâd get. His bold touches and moves intensified the unusual tension and sudden heat you already felt. The mission had to be done fast, since you werenât sure how much more of this new, pleasurable torture you could take. Both were being pretty unprofessional, evidently forgetting about their main focus at times.This wasnât at all like either of them.
âTaking them out up there is too risky anywayâ You began, leaning your head back into the juncture of Juyeonâs shoulder, before speaking again, this time with a more teasing tone âCanât guarantee that my idea is safe either, though. Are you up for the challenge?â
âOh woah, donât get too cocky on me now, babyâ Blue replied, smirking when your head shot up to look him in the eyes. It faded fast, an eyebrow raising in a questionable manner, as if his words werenât special and deserving of such a reaction. âTell me. I get to hear the offer first before taking it, right?â
âYouâre acting way too unprofessional. Weâre here with a reasonâ You whined, suddenly wanting to distance away from the other, but a tight hold on your hips didnât allow that.
âMe? Unprofessional? Maybe Iâd believe that if you werenât the one grinding down on my thighâ Juyeon bit back with a generous amount of confidence, the one that people carried themselves with when they were aware of being right. The colorful lights hid the immediate flush that overtook your features. A quick look to the right proved the man that his words definitely had an effect. Â
âSo? Are you going to tell me or let a chance slip away?â
°âą. âż .âąÂ° °âą. âż .âąÂ° °âą. âż .âąÂ°Â
Aria and Yuri laid dead inside a big closet, their necks snapped and heads hanging in an unnatural way. Juyeon and you once again happened to be the most compatible teammates, getting the job done and leaving the club before anyone suspected a thing. Â
The time between leaving and present passed by in a blur and way too fast. Or maybe it didnât, maybe it was just the power of Juyeonâs soft touches and hungry kisses that made you forget all about it.
Currently pressed against a cold brick wall a few streets away from the nightclub, you enjoyed the attention the man was offering. It all felt unusual and new, but not in a bad way. The wall temperature greatly contrasted the one of the body pressed against you, creating an unusual but pleasant combination. Juyeonâs lips rarely stayed on yours, often wandering down to your jaw and juncture of shoulder. This time though, he didnât care about the marks, pink bruises now decorating the expanse of your neck. With hands in his dark blue strands, you pulled Juyeon closer, moving in just the right ways to allow more access to the soft and undamaged skin.
It wasnât clear why both assassins gave in to the sudden want for each other. There were no evident emotions to back up their actions, just a strong need that had to be fulfilled with no one else but the other. Some could suppose it was the consequence of their blunt actions from before, while others may argue that it was something much more meaningful. A relatively new, exciting state of mind and experience that obviously didnât have to happen, yet it did. A slipup so to say - or at least both hoped that it was.
âHow can you be this hot after just murdering someone?â The man asked breathlessly, a quiet chuckle leaving his lips that formed a slight smile. His sharp eyes looked at yours with a new kind of emotion, something you werenât able to pinpoint just yet. Juyeonâs deep but quick breaths matched yours, both trying to take in as much air as possible in a short period of time.
âWhat can I say, Iâm a natural at keeping people around my fingerâ You raised a pinky up, playing along, voice low and seductive. Truly, there were missions that required acting flirty and playing dirty, therefore your charm has developed quite a lot. Still, what you tried implicating at was the situation from earlier that night, when all those men gathered around you. There was no reason to expect a reaction from the other. Juyeonâs expression quickly changed into something that resembled a frown, but it disappeared just as fast, not allowing any time to make any remarks about it.
Suddenly, the thigh that was once again positioned between your legs flexed, making you flinch and unwillingly whine. The man smirked, closing in the distance again, but not enough for yet another kiss.
âShould I be scared to become one of those people, then?â He whispered, irises playing between your eyes and lips that were just a breath away. The intimate proximity that went on for way too long happened to have a negative effect on you. Gradually, a pinch of doubt and hesitance began clouding your mind, scolding it for being too carefree next to the other. They reminded of just who the man was, and that the game currently played was a dangerous one. Without much thought, like a reflex, your hand moved quick, retrieving a pocket knife and pointing the tip at Juyeonâs barely covered stomach.
A gasp of sincere shock left the manâs lips, eyes opening wide, as he scanned your face. With an indifferent voice, but a slightly different mind, you spoke.
âI donât know, should you?â
It was impressive to see how much effect people had on each other. Despite being busy with constant planning and thinking, there was always space in both heads to think about each other. Occasional pondering about his lips on hers, or her hands in his hair â all intensifying the anticipation for the next time.
Juyeon often found himself rushing missions because he knew the female wasnât busy at the moment. Whenever passing by the familiar building and a certain room had even the slightest bit of light in it, the boy would invite himself over. It appeared that Juyeon risked much more than the other, and definitely much more than he shouldâve.
Just out of pure skepticism that underlined every action, you never directly planned any of the meetings, rather letting the other barge in or set time and date. It was easy to catch onto his habits and when to expect a knock at your entrance door. For added security, weapons were kept in secretive places for quick use if the man ever decided to turn on you. And although fighting a never-ending battle inside of your mind, you grew to anticipate the hidden meetings. His kisses were spreading fire throughout your body, words messing with your mind and touches offering pure euphoria.
There were occasions when the two of you would meet at the rooftop, one always back from a mission while the other waited patiently. Sometimes, Juyeonâs hands still dripped fresh blood, the male not willing to waste any time on cleaning them before rushing towards you. It was a special feeling knowing that the fingers that used to do such horrifying things caressed your skin so delicately.
Slowly but surely, some type of understanding was established between the two. Then, the whole relationship wasnât purely based on physical connection, and it meant much more than a way to satisfy hormonal human needs. Periodic talks about present worries and bothers, as well as thoughts on current events, allowed them to get to know each other better. Alas, the connection never reached its highest level, as numerous obstacles stopped them from reaching it â biggest being the female's constant hesitation.
Objectively speaking, Juyeon let himself open much more than the other did, always easy on bringing up topics to discuss about and contemplate on. He also shared much more information about himself, many of them being trivial and harmless things, but still something you stoically held back on. Of course, that didnât mean you were silent during two-way conversations, just pickier about what you wanted to share.
Juyeon understood that, and he appreciated everything youâve told him. That compassion was the foundation that will slowly build a more trusting and open relationship in the future. You valued his way of acting, enjoying harmless discussions and gradually getting used to having a companion who became a part of your almost daily life.
With a little bit of effort from both sides, everything was going to work, or at least you hoped. You encouraged every passing meeting, every second together, to hit the wall of reluctance with as much force as possible â still, unfortunately, it stood strong.
Blue and Red created purple during their nights together, merging with the beautiful melody of the storm that only grew bigger the closer it got.
Thanks to the impeccable weather, it was slightly challenging to get to the roof this time. However, with master level acting, fake politeness and a little bit of luck, you were able to avoid suspicion from the residents you passed by. Most definitely, and fortunately, not a single soul knew that there was a sniper rifle packed in a rather sizeable guitar bag you carried. Along with its components such as silencer, optical sight, bipod, additional ammunition...
Once on top of the building, you immediately unpacked the bagâs contents. First of was an expensive, albeit small door jammer that was installed straight away, effectively sealing the entrance you just walked through. Trying it a couple of times just to make sure, you deemed it impossible to open. Next was the sniper.
Having done such a thing countless times before, it didnât take you long to properly set and load the weapon with a set of new bullets. The fresh smell of metal filled the small space around. Hiding behind a pile of rubbish, you set the bipod behind the cornice, muzzle and barrel pointing towards the road your target was supposed to appear on soon. Â
Then, like a lightning, you immediately withdrew back, sniper pulled way behind and body pressing flush against the ground. There was a sudden feeling of being noticed and even watched, to which you were always quick to react. Keeping low for as long as time allowed, you dismounted the bipod as it only made advancing more difficult. Slowly but surely, you moved around, setting everything up on another corner with tall plants and flowers. The aim wasnât as clear as before, but it wasnât too big of a problem. Yet, despite the natural cover doing its job relatively well, the dangerous feeling was still present.
Taking a quick risk, you took off the current optical sight and mounted another, angled one, that allowed you to look around without being too exposed. Since you were on the 11th floor, on the tallest building in the area, there was no way someone couldâve noticed you from the roads down below. Glancing over them quickly just to make sure, the theory was deemed correct â no pedestrians had their heads raised up and looking in this exact direction.
Looking at the sky, you searched for drones or any other objects that could be supervising the area (as that unfortunately, did happen before and they had to be destroyed manually, via a gun). Thankfully, there were none, but instead of making you feel relieved, it only intensified the anxiety previously felt. Where was it coming from?
All you needed to get the desired answer, was an accidental glance over the roof of the building right across from yours. There, behind a pile of wooden planks, metal bars and all other unnecessary trash, you noticed a barely noticeable, but suspicious movement. Locking eyes on the exact spot and rolling the plastic on the sight, you zoomed in, getting a clearer image. Â
Shockingly enough, there was a barrel peeking right between the two wooden planks, and it was pointed right at you. Â
And then it quietly fired.
The bullet wouldâve missed anyway, but thankfully, you moved down just in time, watching it penetrate the wall behind. Your heart leaped, pumping blood faster and kicking against your chest, almost as if it tried jumping out. Strange type of fear enveloped your body. It wasnât fright for own life, rather unpleasant surprise that fueled thoughts of being outplayed. At this stage, you knew very little. Was it only one person? Were there more people? Were you cornered?
For whatever reason, the person on the other building continued firing, twice to be exact â yet both bullets hit the exact same spot as the first one. It didnât make sense at all, but at least ir allowed keeping track of the opponent.
In a quick act, you moved, peeking just enough to expect to be fired at, but it never happened. Moving once again and receiving nothing in return, you positioned the sniper and looked through the sight for the nth time, trying to confirm if they were still on the same location. And thatâs when you noticed.
A blue haired man peeking out, head cocked to the side, his sharp eyes and smirk offering a teasing, harmless expression.
Rage, disappointment and distrust overtook your body fast, blood boiling on a temperature higher than before. All emotions served as a strong reality check, a shot through the heart and mind, reminding of just who you were. They helped strengthen the invisible wall you were so desperately trying to weaken, ruining almost all of the progress made. Still, their consequences that will definitely leave a mark were your own fault and no one elseâs. Â
A drastic switch happened. While following Juyeonâs movements through the sight, you unconsciously aligned his head with the red dot in the middle. That person was suddenly someone who made you feel threatened, anxious, alarmed, and not the one who was supposed to help achieve change. You expected so much from him, yet all you currently felt was pure let down and anger. The inner battle was as hectic and loud as ever. A finger creeped up to the trigger, trembling as it came in contact with cold metal. Â
Before the pull happened, your phone vibrated almost unnoticeably. It apparently did the right, desired trick, as it effectively broke the dangerous, fury-driven daze. With an audible sigh, you remembered who the actual target of the day was, aim moving downwards in a quick motion. Just as predicted and on time, a big black jeep turned the corner, driving into the street underneath you. Getting into a more comfortable position, you trailed the movement of the black vehicle.
First and only to come out of the car was the exact target. His appearance was immediately followed by two quick, (thanks to the silencers, somewhat) muffled gunshots, the bullets hitting just right. With two holes in his big shiny head, the man was sent falling down, momentarily holding onto the open door before faceplanting the cold concrete. Blood seeped out, painting the previously grey ground in a dark red, almost black color.
But the thing was, you only shot once.
Albeit caught off guard with the shocking realization, there was way too little time to get lost, every second more precious than the last one. Hurriedly, you deconstructed the sniper, pushing everything inside the guitar bag in a careless manner. When done, you moved towards the door and took the jammer off in record time before storing it inside the carriage as well. Â
A quick glance was thrown in Juyeonâs direction, but unfortunately there was no sight of said man. For whatever reason, you were somewhat glad.
In a slow and relaxed manner, with calculated steps, you took the stairs again, making sure to appear just as natural and neutral as before. Thankfully, almost no one occupied the hallways. On the 5th floor, there were two elderly women happily boasting about their children, beside who you passed with a polite bow. You even smiled at them, but the expression was deemed unseen thanks to the black mask that covered your face.
Luckily, another semi-smooth mission was done with. You were out of the building and away from the scene in a couple of minutes, with no doubts about being seen or suspected. The only bothersome thing was the sudden change of feelings towards the blue haired man. A dangerous and slightly embarrassing switch couldâve had a very tragic outcome.
And of course, it wasn't worth missing out on the fact that for the first time, both had the same target.
You agreed on further meetings, although they were much different than those in the past. A drastic change in atmosphere was present from the first second, yet neither really wanted to comment on it. Despite being close physically, Juyeon didnât feel warmth coming from you anymore, or at least not in the same amount as before. The male felt your body shiver under a cold gust of wind, but your skin didnât feel any colder underneath his fingertips. When he tried offering you a jacket to cover up, you denied with a half-hearted smile.
It was unreasonably late, around three in the morning, which meant the city was at its calmest. There were less people on the streets than fingers on both hands and almost no apartments had their lights on. The moon was the most trustful source of light, its soft hues illuminating everything and making it more beautiful.
Nowadays, fewer words were exchanged as well. Silence was common, both bodies quietly cherishing what was left of a cracked relationship rather than trying to fix (or ruin?) it with meaningless talk. Leaned against the maleâs shoulder, you tried forcefully letting go of tension to feel a piece of that carelessness that once existed between you. Truthfully, there was a willpower to continue fighting and experiencing the strange kind of joy, but there were so, so many obstacles. And most of them were created by you.
Neither had the explanation as to why this was still an ongoing thing, why neither gave up despite the little flame burning its last few seconds. No matter how long you searched for the answer, it just didnât appear. A deep sigh resonated in a small bubble of space.
The biggest and constant bother was that invisible wall, still standing proud. Apparently, it grew taller and stronger every time you remembered the unfortunate event from two weeks ago. As time passed by, you became more skeptical, giving time and attention to thoughts you werenât fond of. They whispered and laughed at a poor being for daring to experience something it wasnât supposed to in the first place.
You didnât even look Juyeon in the eyes anymore, always finding a nearby rock or wall crack a more attractive sight. Why? The fear of looking up and seeing no emotion in the manâs eyes was a fearful thought, mighty enough to forbid you from even trying. And why was it affecting you so much, why were you still holding onto it? You didnât know.
Hell, your fucked-up mind was daring you to kill the man and he didnât even know about it.
Juyeon, much like always, put more evident effort into the whole thing. It looked as if the male was aware of the trigger for this sudden stumble (not fall!), and was ready to give it his all to fix everything. Immense guilt was evident on his face, and if you looked up just once, youâd be able to read it off his beautiful features.
Despite your mental distancing and defiance, he never gave up transparently trying. You being there with him every night was all the hope Juyeon needed to continue. Even if you werenât as willing to see him the next day, Juyeon would knock on your door. Even if you werenât in the mood to talk, heâd ask a question about one of your favorite topics. The assassin wasnât religious (and truthfully, how could he be?), but every night heâd pray for this tough period to end already. If for nothing else, then to have your eyes lock with his one last time.
Overall, these last few nights were a weird type of battlefield. Juyeonâs hand moved up to your shoulder, occasionally rubbing down your arm, hoping to feel just a bit of warmth there. Youâd allow it, sighing and leaning into his hold, trying to, for the nth time, force a bit of feeling back. Â
Either way, the two waited for a beautiful sunrise before disappearing in two different directions.
You shouldâve believed the tension that thickened with each word the other said. You shouldâve refused and backed out from this exact job when not even one person in the room appeared familiar. But it didnât happen.
For the first time in an incredibly long time, the employers werenât a part of a mafia or drug dealing gang. That much was disclosed, with a rude comment that it wasnât your job to know anything more about them, anyway. It had your blood boiling and eyes squinting suspiciously, irises locking down every of the five men present.
Their detailing about the job that had to be done was just as, if not more, brief. Not believing that someone expected you to work properly with just three sentences of information, you asked a couple of times to have them repeated. Every time, the leader of the group sighed louder, eyes rolling back in an over-exaggerated manner, before turning around and giving a knowing look to the man beside. Were they joking around with you?
When asked about the basis behind this assassination, in hope of getting at least a little bit of early lead on who youâre dealing with, the man offered nothing useful in return. Instead of giving a proper reason, or at least putting effort into making a believable story up, he threw something senseless right at your face. Upon asking how youâre supposed to work without knowing how the target looks like, they replied with:
âTheyâll be the only ones there, guaranteed. It's just a little game of hide and seek... with a twist. Isnât that exciting?â
You were spared the detail that the target was just as (if not more,) experienced than you at these âmurder playsâ, and they demanded huge amounts of caution. Three main points were specified, the address, time and the fact that this was an extremely dangerous mission. The legitimacy of that information remained unknown, as they once again failed to give a coherent explanation. Despite the last point serving as a warning, you suddenly werenât given a chance to back out. Â
âExcuse me?â You said, disbelief all but dripping from those two simple words. âYouâre sending me against another assassin, did I connect the dots correctly?â
âYouâre a smart oneâ
âI donât want to work on this caseâ You denied, getting ready to leave, when the other cleared his throat.
âWe want this person taken out at any cost, and we particularly chose you for it. In the end, we did hear quite a lot of positive reviews... therefore you seem to be the right person, no?â The man tried flattering you, but his voice was laced with venom, lips moving slowly to form an unnatural, wicked grin. He wasnât looking at you with fake friendliness anymore, rather an emotion that could soon turn dangerous.
âThat doesnât matter to me, I have the right to not accept the job. My signature is not yet written on the papersâ A small pile of documents resting on the table was pointed at, endless rows of black text only missing a simple name written in ballpoint pen. The other chuckled lightly, gaze turning threatening in a blink time as he lifted a blue pen and spun it around his thick fingers.
âThatâs easily dealt withâ The weight of his words hit immediately, a shocking situation that youâre dealing with for the first time. There was no training for this and lack of experience was making you a nervous mess. Â
Shuffling body mass from one leg to the other, your eyes remained on the ground, hands anxiously intertwining. There was nothing that came to mind that would help the current position, and you wondered what all of this was about. No one has ever forced you into working for them, much less threatened to sign the contract in your name.
The man chuckled once again, saying nothing but thinking a lot. This was it, they had you.
âDonât you want this?â Another male spoke, his frame moving from the doorway and opening a black suitcase on the table. The carriage itself probably cost a fortune, as it was made of expensive leather, and the mouth-watering amount of money inside was as alluring as ever. It would probably be the best paid work ever. Still, you managed to look up from the bills and into the leaderâs eyes with strong confidence.
âDoes it even matter? Youâre forcing me to do it anywayâ The words barely made it past your tongue, their weight way too heavy. The freedom you had while working was something greatly cherished (for a lack of better words), and it was suddenly taken away. It almost felt as if nothing was in your power anymore. Fearful shivers ran down your spine.
âWell then, glad we got that behind ourselves. Sign hereâ
The whole process of sealing the deal was done in a matter of seconds. Your signature was scribbled in the ugliest way possible, and the pen was thrown to the other side of the room as a form of protest. The weak plastic broke due to the force of impact, the ink painting a patch of white wall blue. Turning around to leave, you stomped with heavy steps, glaring at each and every male in the room for the last time. Then, one step away from the doorway, you heard it.
Your name. Your real name.
The one no one ever used.
âGood luck, youâll need itâ
The door closed behind in a loud thud, not allowing you enough time to properly react. Just once your face hit the fresh air, did the heaviness of the decision fall upon your body. What have you done? Who were those people and why did they refuse to introduce themselves? Â
Doubts filled your head â were your employers suddenly against you? Were they suddenly hyperaware of your knowledge, or scared that youâll turn to the other side, become their enemy? Was this actually a ploy made to get you out of the game? The thought made you gulp audibly; wondering if but knowing that it was too late to turn around and tear the contract paper into thousands of pieces.
Thereâs also no way ditching the mission came into discussion. With the way they acted, god only knew if each and every step of yours was watched on. Holy shit.
The walk home was a long one, not particularly because time passed by slow, but because you purposely chose the longer path. Eyes filling with tears, your reaction was one of pity. Reaching up to brush the watery substance away from the corner of your eyes, you looked at the shiny finger. This was the first time in a long while that something managed to bribe out the emotion of grief. And for the first time ever, it was for no one else but yourself.
Tiny rocks sounded under your shoes just quietly enough to not ruin the perfect sneak up. The sky was grey, thin but overlapping clouds blocking sun from coming your way. Luckily, it meant you could move with more freedom, not having to worry about unnecessary shadows and their power to ruin cover.
The first abandoned building you were heading towards was huge, with main walls almost completely ruined. Chunks of concrete, bricks and other unnecessary trash created stable cover that youâd usually be thankful for, yet now dreaded. Â
This was the exact address you were given, but the trick was that it happened to be a whole wide field with two abandoned buildings. On top of that, the opponentâs identity was still unknown, therefore you had no knowledge of who to look for and where. For all you knew, they could already be in position and aiming right at your head. âItâs just a little game of hide and seek, with a twistâ. Instinctively, you ducked behind the nearest tree, feeling the heart strengthen its beats. Carefully and in calculated pace, the advance towards the entrance was continued.
There was a huge hole in the ceiling of every floor. It reached all the way up to the destroyed rooftop, almost as if something heavy fell from above and demolished the concrete surface. With back pressed flush against a piece of wall that still stood strong, you took a deep breath and reached down for a favorite of weapons, your trusted knife.
Suddenly, there was a strange type of noise coming from an unknown direction, resonating throughout the whole building. In the midst of a less careful and more panicked moment, while trying to retrieve the blade, it sliced through the delicate flesh of your calf. A quietly yelp of pain escaped your lips, hand immediately stretching to press on the wound. The feeling of blood running down your leg was accompanied by burning pain, and you tried ignoring it while climbing up the stairs.
Thanks to the special soft soles of the boots, your steps werenât heard over the hard ground. They also didnât put much force on your calf, therefore the advance to the 1st and 2nd floor went by almost without a problem. Occasionally, due to a bad step, the wound would reopen, another flow of blood quick to rush out along with a thousand silent curses.
The doorways on both floors were as demolished as the rest of the building, preventing anyone from walking through and forcing you to move up to the 3rd. Dodging and crouching down at places where youâd be exposed to the outside, you all but crawled up.
The third floor seemed different; way less disintegrated than the rest. Once there, you looked around and through the now available doorway. The corridor was very long, filled with wooden planks that once resembled doors leading to empty rooms. On the other side, about fifty meters away, there was another stairway, much like the one you took just now.
Alas, despite the burn in your calf, there was suddenly that alarming feeling of being watched.
Immediately ducking behind cover, you gripped the knife tight and took a few deep but quick breaths, planning the next move. Someone was definitely in there, and the rapid heartbeat was making sure you were constantly aware of it.
The feeling gradually subdued the more time passed by. You looked around attentively, once again taking notice of the still gaping hole on the ceiling. There was no one watching you through it though, so the trigger mustâve been from either outside or down the hallway. Remembering the noise from earlier, you completely crossed out the possibility of them being outside.
Which of course, wasnât in your favor at all.
Peeking out just so the top of the head showed, you tried bribing out shots or any kind of attack from the other â something that would indicate where they were located. Receiving nothing in return was slightly confusing, but it also offered a pinch of hope. Maybe they moved, which meant you had a chance to sneak up behind them, or maybe theyâre just hiding, which meant it could all go down very fast.
With a hurt leg that was slowly growing numb, there wasnât a lot of time you had left before retreat was necessary. And never once did that happen. Therefore, trying to protect pride and get this done just to never see those nasty men again, you tried winging it. Pressing the wound one last time, you whispered a prayer before taking off through the open doorway.
There was just enough cover to move around in semi-safety, back turned towards one of the walls. Your eyes perceptively scanned every corner, every pile of rocks which could offer any type of protection. Occasionally, ignoring the pain, youâd jump inside one of the rooms to your right, hoping to catch the other off guard. The knife in your hands was gripped tight, leather handle shining slightly due to a thin layer of sweat coating it.
Tension was as high as ever, air becoming thick to an almost suffocating degree. For the first time, you felt undoubtedly scared. Your mind was clouded with a thousand racing thoughts, all of which only intensified the sensation of panic. The more time passed, the more your eyes aimlessly wandered around empty spaces, growing more tired and unable to notice possibly important details.
The amount of blood you lost was probably in the red zone, moving around becoming more challenging with every step. Still, doing the best possible job was always a requirement, therefore you used last spurts of strength to enter the 2nd to last room in the long hallway.
Once again met with a different terrain, you immediately noticed a demolished doorway, connecting the room to the one right beside. Upon quickly deeming the current room safe, you crouched down, sneaking towards the linking point. As if sensing danger, you patiently waited a couple of moments, trying to breathe as quietly as possible. If not for the protective leather handle, the blade wouldâve sliced through your hand due to the impossibly strong grip.
Someone on the other side coughed. A curse followed right after. Â
Both moved rapidly, reaching out for the other through the doorway.
You were held at gunpoint, jaw feeling the pressure of a cold muzzle on it, while a strong hand grabbed your hair, pulling it back. Your own hands grabbed the otherâs collar, tugging down while holding the thin, sharp blade against their most sensitive point, Adamâs apple.
Neither moved.
Blue watched Red with surprised eyes, irises playing inside the broad space of dark brown. Your gaze tried locking the man down, scanning those beautiful features while still avoiding his sharp eyes. Unexpectedly, a weak wave of emotion hit, bringing back a piece of what you wanted for a very long time. There was a slight urge to reach out and caringly caress his sharp cheeks, cup his jaw and kiss his lips.
But there was a gun pressed against your skin, and a knife against his.
And neither moved.
The war started. Horrid battles began and ripped your heart piece by piece. Everything was on the line and an indecisive mind was as dangerous as ever. The realization that this man, despite everything that happened, was the last person you wanted to harm, hurt the most. It was the quick moment of reminisce about the old times, when everything was just starting. He was the only one who gauged new, thrilling, pleasant emotions and made them feel like theyâre exactly what you needed. And it was the truth.
But the weight of the weapon on your jaw reminded of the not-so-bright moments as well. A flashback of the day you were teasingly shot at sent shivers down your spine, feelings of pure anxiety and fear coming back in an instant. Rightfully so, they were strong and rivaled the positive ones, trying to outweigh them and take control over your next actions. The man was still someone who dared pull the trigger on you, dared taking that type of unpredictable risk. Â
If he dared pull it again, you dared slit his flawless, soft skin. But embarrassingly enough, youâd never have enough strength to be the first one, no matter how impulse-driven. Harming him definitely was your last wish. The thought of it even being a possibility made your eyes water, tears welling up and falling like never before, straining your soft cheeks.
Juyeonâs heart ached as well. Sadly, it opposed two separate and strong thunders. The first one hit hard, touching the intimate topic of his feelings towards you. It wasnât a secret that youâve changed him as well. In a word of gloom, blood and violence, you made everything disappear and instead of war, brought peace to his mind. Most of the time, it was enough for Juyeon to know that you were there, and every worry would fade away. The mutual understanding was then something he grew accustomed to and happy for. The male didnât feel like he didnât deserve attention anymore.
But what hit even harder was the fact that Juyeon was aware of your current thought process, and the guilt once again ate him away, bite by bite.
Carefully, the grip on your hair was released, gloved hand reaching up, thumb wiping a falling tear. Rough material nearly scraped your skin, a frown appearing on the otherâs face almost immediately. Juyeon bit down on the glove, taking it off before placing his hand back on your warm cheek. The act made your eyes water even more, lips trembling and throat constricting to stop loud whimpers from escaping.
Still, the weapons didnât move.
âJuyeonâ You suddenly whined, finally finding strength to say his name. Lightheadedness was slowly overtaking your whole body, vision blurring fast. The pain in your leg although still present was long forgotten. Every letter carried huge weight, every taken breath felt like the last and you wondered if taking that bullet hurt any less. Unconsciously, your hand began shaking, resulting in the thin blade moving against the manâs delicate skin. It wasnât enough to hurt, but Juyeon visibly and audibly gulped under the metal.
âThey... they set us up to kill each other, Juyeonâ The realization hurt like a sudden kick to the gut. It was supposed to happen sooner or later. All suspicions you werenât willing to think about came out to be true and the terror spread through your body in a strong wave. Everything made sense â why those men werenât willing to introduce themselves, why refusal wasn't an option and why no proper explanation was given to you. They were aware that if you knew even one of those things, you wouldnât have dared to show up in the first place.
Or would you? Would they be able to push just the right buttons and play with your mind as they were right now?
You were set to break apart.
Do it. Donât do it. Do. Donât. Past and present were clashing together, habits and new found emotions. For the first time in a while, you felt somewhat disgusted with your job. Yet, the wheels were turning, reminding that youâve been doing this for years and now was no time to give up under the pressure. It was so, so easy to end this all, much like hundred times before. Swallow down the hard feeling and contractions of your heart, cut through like youâre used to. Emotions were just an accident, an error in the system of a machine.
All this time though, Juyeonâs hand remained on your cheek, and only now was it only noticeable that he wasnât holding you in place. The muzzle of the gun wasnât as strong on your jaw as it was before. Juyeon wasnât going to actively fight or harm you either, that much was clear. This had to end somehow, and the male was about to use his last possible chance.
âLook at meâ The voice he said it with was soft, but underlined with a certain type of authority. For whatever reason, as if under a spell, your eyelids opened, irises immediately locking on his.
And then it all crashed down.
All the doubts and hesitation were immediately gone. Your hand moved, putting pressure on the weapon for just a quick moment before letting go completely. Heavy blade fell onto the ground with a loud and high-pitched noise, one that echoed throughout the whole building. The invisible wall was no more.
At the same time, Juyeon released the gun, hefty metal hitting concrete with just as loud of a thud. When the pressure disappeared and the current situation processed properly, your body went numb. Legs giving out, you almost collapsed on the ground. Luckily, Juyeon managed to catch you just in time. The male lowered the smaller body onto the ground, holding it carefully.
Your head hung low; eyes wandering all around the room, but not focusing on one spot. This was the first mission youâve ever failed and the fear of possible consequences was scary.
Juyeonâs hands enveloped your face, just holding it firmly. Neither had an obvious cheerful expression, but there was a lack of certain something that made both seem more at ease. He caressed the soft skin, examining your face that was blank of any emotion. It was the moment of complete calm.
Upon focusing on the man, you noticed a clear red line just underneath his Adamâs apple. Instinctively, you reached out, running a smooth finger over it and listening to Juyeonâs strained hiss. A new wave of tears welled up in your eyes, yet the other was quick to wipe it away.
âCan you listen to me?â He questioned, with a gaze that suddenly turned more serious, albeit none the less caring. The breathing rhythm was slow and deep, almost as if he was trying to calm down in the fastest way possible. With a slight nod, you replied, hoping to keep enough consciousness to listen until the end.
âLetâs escape this hellâ You wouldâve definitely reacted greatly to the proposition, if it werenât for the lack of energy in your body. Instead, the reply was a simple, perplexed look, a result of not quite processing what was talked about.
âEscape, disappear, perish, theyâll never know. Theyâll never find us because... because theyâll think weâre dead. Isnât that what they wanted? To wipe us off the list?â The tone Juyeon used was a hopeful one, as if the man already had everything planned and was ready to go right this second. And maybe, just maybe, that was the case.
âWeâll move countries and get new identities â I have a couple of friends that could and will help us with that. Weâll start a new life away from... away from all of this, because we canât stayâ Gradually, his words became more rushed, too many thoughts and too little time to wrap them up. âWe canât go back. Theyâll kill us themselves, you know that, right?â
Juyeon was right. In the planned scenario, one of you was supposed to die today, while the other wouldâve been finished off upon reporting the case. Youâve thought about it many times, making up scenarios and trying to find a way to get out of them. No one has ever trained you in that field or shown any ways of dealing with it, and there was an exact, fucked-up reason for it.
âOr we could just...â His eyes wandered off to the two weapons lying on the ground, tears welling up fast. Thereâs no way that was the only other option, yet...
For a moment, you glanced at the objects as well, not out of interest, but pure disgust. Just a mere thought of what could happen made your stomach twirl and heart hurt. Turning around to look at the other, you noticed a teardrop that made it down his jaw. Wiping it off gently, you smiled, speaking in a low and calm whisper.
âNo... no. Letâs... letâs go. Letâs disappear together, wherever that takes us, Juyeonâ The mind finally accepted the sudden feelings that were no longer confined and hidden. The imaginary, but nonetheless strong, cage and restrictions were no more. You finally felt proper euphoria of freedom.
Speechless, but immensely happy, thatâs what Juyeon was in that exact moment. His chest abruptly wasnât enough space for the organ that beat at an incredible pace, with new-found strength. Tightening his hold, the male pulled you towards his chest, into a first, proper hug. Your hands sneaked around his body, trying to squeeze as hard as possible and relish the beautiful moment. In such an intimate position, it was possible to feel that exact excited heartbeat of the male.
After a long period of comfortable silence, you quietly spoke into his chest, âPlease piggyback me... wherever... I donât think I can walkâ Â
âOh my god, youâre hurt?!â Juyeon noted in an alarming tone, eyes immediately scanning your body and finally noticing a streak of red liquid on the concrete underneath your leg. He loudly cursed at himself for not seeing it earlier, hand reaching down to press on the wound. Although not fresh, it still gushed out more blood, earning another hiss from you.
âYeah, no shit mister... fuck be careful! I wouldnât go all baby... and soft on you if I... I didnât feel like fainting. You were lucky todayâ You bit back jokingly, trying to keep the light atmosphere that was slowly coming down its high. Juyeonâs head shook at that, a quiet âyouâre not in position to speak like thatâ passing through his barely parted lips. A pair of hands worked fast on tying a thin jacket around your calf to stop further bleeding. Â
âHow?â He asked, confused but curious at the same time.
âIâd rather not talk about itâ Your head turned away from the other, irises locking onto one of many holes on the wall. The male chuckled at that, checking the knot before standing up with knees half bent. He helped you stand up and climb up on his back, strong arms instantly gripping the back of your thighs.
âBet you hurt yourself, clumsyâ
âYeah, betâ Â
With a loud, content sigh, your head lowered onto Juyeonâs back, eyes closing as you finally drifted off to sleep. There, on the closed, but broad battlefield, the two warriors accepted their faith. They made up their minds for a different future, something neither were sure how to approach, but were more than ready to experience together. A future that didnât revolve around blood, murder and secrecy, one that would allow both to heal and live their lives breathing properly.
Quatervois, a heavy change no one expected. A decision made fast, but a result of long, aimless thought and experience. And some may say this was deemed to happen sooner or later, but was it? If things were just slightly different... Â
Guess we would never know.
AN: well... here it is? truthfully speaking, iâm very satisfied with this work, and i love every piece of it, but it has been giving me so much stress oh my god... writing has taken me so much time because i tried so hard to make it perfect and i really hope reading almost 22k of this was worth it, and that youâve enjoyed it. at some parts, iâve maybe focused on the main female character too much, but i think that to understand her character, itâs important to have an in-depth point of view. iâd really appreciate it (to the moon and back) if you guys could leave feedback for this one. thank you so so so much for reading, have a good day <3
#juyeon#lee juyeon#tbz#the boyz#juyeon tbz#juyeon the boyz#juyeon fanfic#juyeon scenario#juyeon angst#juyeon drama#juyeon fluff#juyeon smut#the boyz scenario#the boyz fanfic#the boyz angst#the boyz drama#the boyz fluff#the boyz smut#tbz fanfic#tbz angst#tbz fluff#tbz drama#tbz smut#tbz scenario#kpop#kpop fanfic#kpop drama#kpop angst#kpop fluff#kpop scenario
169 notes
·
View notes
Text
Welllp These Are Books: the April 2021 Edition
I did not read Romeo and Juliet this month. I read a bunch of other books. Like, a bunch. More than one series. Because Big Bang burnout is real and grown adults missing their deadlines is a real good way to stress me out. So, I read a bunch. Good books, very bad books, books that caused limbs to flail. For positive and not-so-positive reasons. Naturally, all those reasons must be shared. Under the cut with occasionally long and rant-prone reviews, as well as spoilers. Beware of spoilers under the cut. Please keep telling me what to read, internet. My library wish list is almost comically long now.
GIVE ME ALL THE WORLD BUILDING AND SNARK AND FIGHTING! WITH MAGIC! AND SWORDS! ITâS MY FAVORITE THING IN THE WHOLE WIDE WORLD!
Shades of Magic Series by V.E. Schwab
Kell is one of the last Antariâmagicians with a rare, coveted ability to travel between parallel Londons; Red, Grey, White, and, once upon a time, Black. After an exchange goes awry, Kell escapes to Grey London and runs into Delilah Bard, a cut-purse with lofty aspirations. Now perilous magic is afoot, and treachery lurks at every turn. To save all of the worlds, they'll first need to stay alive.
â Picture it, approximately twelve forty-seven am. My husband is asleep. I am reading. The second book in this series ends. And I say, right out loud, at what might now be twelve forty-eight am, HOLY SHIT IT JUST ENDED. Justin thought we were under attack. No man has ever snapped awake quicker. He was not pleased. At least not in the same way that I was about these books. Which I goddamn LOVED. Loved. The world building. The magic. The banter. Rhy and Kellâs relationship. Once more. RHY AND KELLâS RELATIONSHIP. Which I might have cared about more than the romance??? Maybe??? I cannot get over how good this world building was. I know people have quips with it, and thatâs fair. I saw the âtwistâ coming in the first book, and I think trying to preserve that left some plot holes that are understandably frustrating. Because Lilah definitely needed depth perception to fight as well as she did. Also did Schwab really refer to her as a cross dresser in her authorâs note? Yikes. She wore a dudeâs jacket, likeâcâmon V.E. Other than that though. I loved it. Also shout out to @peglegsjones for suggesting this one in my 2020 post and call out to me for taking so long to read it.
Six of Crows by Leigh Bardugo
Ketterdam: a bustling hub of international trade where anything can be had for the right priceâand no one knows that better than criminal prodigy Kaz Brekker. Kaz is offered a chance at a deadly heist that could make him rich beyond his wildest dreams. But he can't pull it off alone. . . . A convict with a thirst for revenge. A sharpshooter who can't walk away from a wager. A runaway with a privileged past. A spy known as the Wraith. A Heartrender using her magic to survive the slums. A thief with a gift for unlikely escapes.  Six dangerous outcasts. One impossible heist. Kaz's crew is the only thing that might stand between the world and destructionâif they don't kill each other first.
â Iâve talked about how little I cared about anything that happened in Shadow and Bone before, but I kept seeing gifs of the Crows in the Netflix show and my brain was like: huh, I could like them. So, after some help from the very helpful internet, Iâm happy to report I do in fact like them. At one point, I slunk into the couch. Like thatâs how overcome with emotion I was. Kaz ripped a dudeâs eye out! For Inej! Matthias loved Ninaâs laugh! I would like to hug Jesper. Seriously, this hit all my high points and world building and banter and I lolâed at âscheming face.â I would like my hold to come through faster on the sequel.
THEY DID NOT CALL INTERMISSION HALFTIME AND MY COLLEGE EXPERIENCE WAS WAY DIFFERENT THAN THESE KIDS
The Off Campus Series by Elle Kennedy
Hannah Wells has finally found someone who turns her on. But while she might be confident in every other area of her life, sheâs carting around a full set of baggage when it comes to sex and seduction. If she wants to get her crushâs attention, sheâll have to step out of her comfort zone and make him take noticeâŠeven if it means tutoring the annoying, childish, cocky captain of the hockey team in exchange for a pretend date. All Garrett Graham has ever wanted is to play professional hockey after graduation, but his plummeting GPA is threatening everything heâs worked so hard for. If helping a sarcastic brunette make another guy jealous will help him secure his position on the team, heâs all for it. But when one unexpected kiss leads to the wildest sex of both their lives, it doesnât take long for Garrett to realize that pretend isnât going to cut it. Now he just has to convince Hannah that the man she wants looks a lot like him.
â The first book in this series was free on Amazon. So, I read it. And really liked it??? It was so chock full of cliches and badly written tropes and Garrett probably should have accepted that Hannah didnât want to go out at the start, but likeâhe was cute? And as we all know I am TRASHâą for stories set in the same verse, so, like, I just kept reading these trashy college hockey books. Trashy is a compliment here. God, these kids had so much sex. So much. An incredible amount, really. I once had a guy tell me he was physically attracted to me, but not emotionally attracted to me in college. Like, that was my college experience. The first and second books were the best, I think. I didnât really like Dean that much.
MAYBE IT WAS BECAUSE HE WAS A RABBI???
The Intimacy Experiement by Rosie Danan
Naomi Grant has built her life around going against the grain. After the sex-positive start-up she cofounded becomes an international sensation, she wants to extend her educational platform to live lecturing. Unfortunately, despite her long list of qualifications, higher ed won't hire her. Ethan Cohen has recently received two honors: LA Mag nominated him as one of the city's hottest bachelors and he became rabbi of his own synagogue. Low on both funds and congregants, the executive board of Ethan's new shul hired him with the hopes that his nontraditional background will attract more millennials to the faith. They've given him three months to turn things around or else they'll close the doors of his synagogue for good. Naomi and Ethan join forces to host a buzzy seminar series on Modern Intimacy, the perfect solution to their problems--until they discover a new one--their growing attraction to each other. They've built the syllabus for love's latest experiment, but neither of them expected they'd be the ones putting it to the test.
â Ok, I know that sounds bad. Again, Iâm a creature of predictable habit and this was the sequel to The Roommate, which I absolutely LOVED last year. But where as the relationship in that one was kind of swoony, this one was...I donât know, really. Everyone was a well-rounded character and the plot was good, but there was this semi-invisible something that made it difficult for me to get fully on board with the whole story. Honestly, it might be because he was a religious figure?? Also, they got together real quick. Like zero to sixty in twenty-six seconds flat.
I KNOW ITâS BAD, IT WAS BAD AND YETâI CANNOT STOP READING IT???
Too Wild to Tame by Tessa Bailey
Sometimes you just can't resist playing with fire . . . By day, Aaron Clarkson suits up, shakes hands, and acts the perfect gentleman. But at night, behind bedroom doors, the tie comes off and the real Aaron comes out to play. Mixing business with pleasure got him fired, so Aaron knows that if he wants to work for the country's most powerful senator, he'll have to keep his eye on the prize. That's easier said than done when he meets the senator's daughter, who's wild, gorgeous, and 100 percent trouble. Grace Pendleton is the black sheep of her conservative family. Yet while Aaron's presence reminds her of a past she'd rather forget, something in his eyes keeps drawing her in. Maybe it's the way his voice turns her molten. Or maybe it's because deep down inside, the ultra-smooth, polished Aaron Clarkson might be more than even Grace can handle . . .
â Last month I read the first book in this series and it was absolutely ridiculous. This one even more so. The Clarksons are still on the road trip (sans one sibling because she fell in love in a week in the first book) and Aaron was, like, not a rootâable character? Very Edward Cullen IâM A BAD GUY, BELLA vibes and his relationship with Grace was so strange. Super rushed again, obvs. Meeting in the woods is weird enough. Professing love forty-eight hours later is decidedly unbelievable. Also there was a kidnapping involved? I totally put a hold on the next book in the series.
COME UP WITH DIFFERENT TRAUMA, I DARE YOU! OR NO TRAUMA. WHAT A CONCEPT!!
The Trouble With Hating You by Sajni Patel
Liya Thakkar is a successful biochemical engineer, takeout enthusiast, and happily single woman. The moment she realizes her parents' latest dinner party is a setup with the man they want her to marry, she's out the back door in a flash. Imagine her surprise when the same guy shows up at her office a week later -- the new lawyer hired to save her struggling company. What's not surprising: he's not too thrilled to see her either after that humiliating fiasco.
Jay Shah looks good on paper...and off. Especially if you like that whole gorgeous, charming lawyer-in-a-good-suit thing. He's also infuriating. As their witty office banter turns into late-night chats, Liya starts to think he might be the one man who truly accepts her. But falling for each other means exposing their painful pasts. Will Liya keep running, or will she finally give love a real chance?
â I had such high hopes for this one. Which is on me, I guess. Because I didnât hate this one, but it was...not great. Maybe Iâm just getting old and crotchety but I am BEGGING romance writers to come up with different trauma for their female protagonists. Not every woman has to have been assaulted to rationalize their current personality. Doesnât have to happen. Like, ok, yes it does happen. Far more than it should. But thatâs an entirely different story, and I am so tired of female characters getting absolutely destroyed by their past only to have that be their defining characteristic for so much of the book. Until a nice man they were initially mean to shows up and heâs UNDERSTANDING and he CARES and itâs just, bleh. Itâs bleh. Tired and predictable and Iâm over it.
IN WHICH I SHOULD HAVE LOOKED AT THE COVER
Much Ado About You by Samantha Young
At thirty-three-years old Evangeline Starlingâs life in Chicago is missing that special something. And when sheâs passed over for promotion at work, Evie realizes she needs to make a change. Some time away to regain perspective might be just the thing. In a burst of impulsivity, she plans a holiday in a quaint English village. The holiday package comes with a temporary position at Much Ado About Books, the bookstore located beneath her rental apartment. Thereâs no better dream vacation for the bookish Evie, a life-long Shakespeare lover. Not only is Evie swept up in running the delightful store as soon as she arrives, sheâs drawn into the lives, loves and drama of the friendly villagers. Including Roane Robson, the charismatic and sexy farmer who tempts Evie every day with his friendly flirtations. Evie is determined to keep him at bay because a holiday romance can only end in heartbreak, right? But Evie canât deny their connection and longs to trust in her handsome farmer that their whirlwind romance could turn in to the forever kind of love.
â Ok, so I had had this book on hold for so long that I genuinely forgot about it and forgot who it was written by. Samantha Young wrote that one book that I called the worst book I had ever read. Only I did not realize that when I started reading this one. So, you see how this sets us up for disaster. Because this book was a disaster. Everyone was goddamn annoying. And whiny. Shit, everyone whined. About everything. Also, the actual writing was atrocious. I am not usually one to be like âmen canât write,â but at one point I told both @shireness-says and @optomisticgirl that this book must have been secretly written by a man because no woman writing it would be so obsessed with pointing out where her cellulite was. Like, what??? Also the first sex scene? Oh my God, I laughed. Guffawed. The so-called love interest literally asked: âAre we going to have sex now?â And then they just did. It was so bad. Also there was a dog? Who went everywhere with the so-called love interest. And they just never explained that? I thought it was going to be part of some crushing and depressing backstory. Nah, he was just there.
HOLY SHIT THIS WAS SO DUMB I CANNOT BELIEVE THIS WAS A BOOK! A BOOK MEANT FOR YOUNG ADULTS! WHAT IS YOUNG ADULT???
The Queenâs Secret by Melissa de la Cruz
Lilac's birthright makes her the Queen of Renovia, and a forced marriage made her the Queen of Montrice. But being a ruler does not mean making the rules. For Lilac, taking the throne means giving up the opportunity to be with love of her life, the kingdom's assassin, Caledon Holt. Worse, Cale is forced to leave the castle when a horrific set of magical attacks threatens Lilac's sovereignty. Now Cal eand Lilac will have to battle dark forces separately, even though being together is the only thing that's ever saved them.
â Remember last month when I was like: canât wait for my hold to come through on this sequel so I know what happens? What an idiot. THIS BOOK WAS SO DUMB I CANNOT BELIEVE IT WAS A BOOK. As always in my rage-induced rants, no apologies for spoilers because seriously do NOT read this, but Lilac (legit, that was her name) married some other dude but just kept fucking Cale??? Like she had a secret door? So he could come in and they could fuck?? I justâoh my God. So, all these things kept happening. Magic and bad stuff and horses were killed. Lilacâs mother was the absolute WORST. Honestly the most worthless character who at one point was like âwell, my story is over, guess itâs time to leave,â and then just left?? Forced Lilac into a marriage of alliance and no love and then everything evil was defeated in point two four seconds. It happened so fast I wasnât even sure it happened. So, then Iâm like, ok, how are Lilac and Cale going to end up together? Because this is YA and thatâs how itâs supposed to work. Only her being married and that marriage requiring an heir is something of a rather large hurdle. Donât worry! Remember when Lilac and Cale were fucking? Everyone totally knew. Including the king Lilac is married to. Who is somehow like...ok with this? And tells Cale that Lilac is pregnant. ISNâT THAT WONDERFUL! Sure, because now they can lie and claim its the kingâs heir. ONLY ITâS CALEâS KID! AND CALE IS COOL WITH THIS! His entire internal monologue during this is about how he realizes he might not ever be able to tell his kid heâs their father, but heâll be around and thatâs good. Wait, what??? But thereâs more! Not only is Lilac having Caleâs kid, but the king sheâs married to is in love with one of Caleâs spy associates. So the king and the spy are going to go hang out (and presumably have their own kids) at one castle and Lilac and Cale are going to go to another. Lilac and the king never get divorced or annulled or whatever. Everyone stays as is and married as is andâthey all live happily ever after? This was presented as a good ending, I swear. What the shit, guys, seriously.
#book rec#book reccs#fantasy recommendations#rom com recs#laura reads books#i am still waiting for people to respond to my emails#and only vaguely stressed out about it#welllp these are books
12 notes
·
View notes
Text
Absurd Person #1 - Monkey D. Luffy (kid)
 Letâs start with not only the main protagonist of One Piece but also the first character to give Luffy any sort of injury...
...his dumb, seven-year-old self...
*Disclaimer: I donât own this image - screenshot from Episode of East Blue
The last time I wrote this, I forgot to hit save and my browser just reloaded the page and lost everything. After that I just went âIâm doneâ and rage quit Tumblr for the night (which I normally donât do). Thatâs how my Sundays usually gođđ„Ž
Now Onward!
Basic Classifications
Real World Ethnicity/Nationality: Brazilian
Class: farm / country / lower class
Culture (the one he grew up around): Dawn Island - Sea-side village
Fishing community
Farming / Ranching community
Hard work ethic
Small and close community members; relatively friendly; little to non-existent conflict
Selective mix of being open towards strangers (especially with merchant vessels for better trading opportunities) and weariness towards those they expect to be harmful (likes Pirates; Iâd imagine the people of Windmill Village were understandably unnerved with the Red-Haired Pirates first showing up).
Core values (personal to Luffy): pride, physical strength, adventures on and outside his home village,
Relation to authority: neutral - shifting slightly towards negative (no clear basis of opinion; can only go off on Luffyâs fascination with pirates as the main viewpoint)
(The added information feels a little scatter-shot but figured I give it a try based on little information from the manga panels and how it lines up with real-world similarities. Most information is based on logical speculation and could change with new information in later chapters.)
I know that the Romance Dawn arc consists of the chapters up until he meets Coby and Alvida (I think...), but the depiction of Luffyâs character in the first chapter seems different from when he is seventeen and setting out to sea. So, Iâll treat kid Luffy as a separate character for the first analysis.
First Impressions and Introduction
Now, I am an anime watcher, first and foremost, so my first impression of this character stems from the Anime. My introduction towards this ball of chaos was when he popped out of a barrel, that he put himself into after realizing that a whirlpool suddenly appeared (how he missed it? - Itâs Luffy), and then inexplicably took a nap in. That was the absurd reason I was able to stick with One Piece in the first few arcs (until Baratie became one of the major reasons I stuck with it - Iâll explain why when we get there).
And since the first chapter was used for episode four in the anime, I was already somewhat familiar with how the story started and who Luffy was as a kid. However, reading the first chapter felt....different than what I wouldâve expected. And because the anime cut out a few details from the chapter, there definitely are some things to take from kid Luffy at that point.
So my first impression was, as follows:
The kid is unhinged...That explains some things...
Complete wild child of a backwater village from Day 1.Â
LIKE-- The anime episode DID NOT explain how he got that scar and the guy didnât bring it up ever. To be fair, that wasnât a big focus because the anime didnât make it a focus. Reading that part though did more for his character and a little of his upbringing, through speculation, making it a rather slow-building but also fascinating introduction into this series.
Just a bit of an add-on, but if the manga introduced Luffy in the same level of neutrality as what the Anime did, It may not have fully made it clear if Luffy was going to be the main protagonist. Then again, itâs a shounen manga, maybe it was rather obvious to everyone else. Regardless, his introduction served toÂ
(1) Make his entrance memorable
(2) Establish his character that could either compare or set him apart from his teen self.
(3) Act as a sort of precursor towards the introduction of Luffyâs world and upbringing (which isnât completely established until the last few arcs of Pre-Time Skip)
Personality
The best way I could describe Luffy at this point is a stereotypical kid...
Energetic, short-tempered, adventure-seeking, easily impressed, and ignorant...
That last description is actually something I brought up in a separate post about the âFluid themesâ of One Piece. Because I found that a small but overarching part in many (almost all) themes and world issues that One Piece reflects has some level of unawareness or apathy. Jimbe put it best during the Fishman Island Flashback when they found Koala (paraphrasing)
âThey are afraid of us because they donât know us.â
Know us referring to acknowledging them as people on the same level as humans.
Because of that and plenty of other instances from the East Blue, it can be a potential center for many characters who go up against or wish to explore the world and find that they are a frog in a well.
And thatâs what kid Luffy represents. A rather aggressive frog in a well that wants out.
Granted, he is a seven-year-old, whose schooling has a closer equivalent to the 16th and 17th centuries of our world, living in what appears to be a farming community, so Iâd imagine his education only focuses on at least the basic levels of reading/writing, mathematics, etc. A small, unexciting farming village probably has more concerns over their melon crops rather than what the world has going on. Adding in Luffy, you get a kid who dreams about being a pirate and adventuring outside the isolated village, making him avidly interested in a world he has no experience with. Or in a world he thinks is all fun and games.
Thatâs pretty standard for any child that has a mild and peaceful life. No doubt Shanks and his crew would tell him stories about their adventures. Not as a sort of attempt to make him a pirate, but because he was easily entertained by it, building up this expectation with stereotypical pirate personas. And whether he has his âdestructiveâ tendencies before they became a fixture in Windmill Village, they definitely seemed to amp it up enough for Luffy to try and prove he was âman enoughâ to be a pirate at seven years old.
Then when you add in this idealistic expectation with the selfishness of a young child, it creates an opportunity to learn. Because, as any kid may go through, will find that their fantasy of the world wonât be what they expected, and will often react negatively. Luffyâs expectation of Shanks is that he is the strongest man worthy enough to be a pirate.
Now, Luffyâs view of a âreal manâ stems a lot from this stereotype of men solving their problems through fighting only. Which also embodies this rather damaging philosophy of never running away or backing down from a fight (which I refer to as stupid bravery - something that comes up in a certain other character).
The amazing thing about all the combined aspects of this kid is the ability to create a learning lesson for Luffy. Which can become a motivational factor in his pursuit as a pirate.
His easily impressed nature makes it known both when the Red-Haired Pirates talk positively about piracy adventures and when Shanks leaves the village. The difference between the moments can be showcased by the difference in determination and will to make an effort to achieve his dream. As he declared he wants to be King of The Pirates, he sets himself to work at it, rather than try and go with others.
How He Shapes the Story / World Around Them
I donât know if anybody else made a similar connection (I wanna say someone DID but I canât remember where) but in combination with Luffyâs general enthusiasm growing up hearing wild stories, his narrative reminds me so much of Don Quixote De La Mancha.
Itâs been a while since I last read that story-- and by read I mean translate some paragraphs from Spanish to English during my Spanish I class in freshman year of high school. Nonetheless, I thoroughly enjoyed the story. Part I entails an old man who, after indulging himself with various stories of knights and valor, decides he wants to partake in his own adventures. Under various delusions and misadventures, his story becomes a rather well-known one.
Don Quixote was called the first âmodern bookâ. That was something my Spanish teacher mentioned regarding its acknowledgment by the world and always stuck with me. It was one of the first stories of the early medieval period to focus on a regular man. Other stories before this tended to be about legends, gods, demigods-- individuals who often were referred to as legends because they were born into high status (often above humans). Either through original texts (often for religious purposes) and then through varying interpretations (such as the Arthurian Legends), these tales were a part of the status quo.
Kid Luffy is a person that reflects so much of the Don Quixote story (And not just because his village has windmills-- the most iconic scene about the knightâs story). He is that simple, normal boy that longs for his own adventures when there seemingly is already a well-talked-about story about someone who achieved infamy. In place of that is a man named Gold Roger whose execution we see in the mangaâs opening. At this point, we donât have much understanding about how it impacts the world as of yet, we just know it is setting up for something significant to the story.
Luffy becomes that âregularâ person from a small-town with big expectations for a grand adventure.
That perspective can slowly build into the story by starting in a simple setting with a character going through one of the first dynamic changes in his life. Luffyâs experience with Shanksâs sacrifice sets a course in his own adventure. A story that trails into a rather bonkers adventure at the end of chapter 1.
His development is what shaped his world. Itâs the way he learns when as it stems from the consequences of his actions. Especially ones where the smaller ones turn out to be very costly, making it a hard lesson that ingrains into the young kid. His actions created by his old ideologies sparked an intense reaction in the people around him. Especially Shanks, who felt he was worth losing an arm towards.
How The WORLD Shapes HIM
So, for the sake of the fact that kid Luffyâs âWorldâ in Chapter 1 mostly consists of Windmill Village, Iâm adding in Shankâs and his crewâs influence to extend and further give credence to his influence. Because, as of this point, Shanks represents a glimpse into the life of a pirate that Luffy strives for.
With Luffy being in a quiet environment all seven years of life, there is growth through basic schooling and healthy child development (theoretically since Makino seems to be the most likely one acting as his guardian), instead of doing things outside that norm. Now Shanks is the odd factor that creates new development into Luffyâs dreams and future ambitions.Â
The crewâs stories, charisma, and connection towards the kid actively (and probably unintentionally) created a positive expectation if he chose to pursue his dream. While that sounds inspiring, there were also negative aspects. Such as driving his ignorance and impatient nature to seek it out too early in his life.
Shanks then became a mediator. Luffy often has mixed feelings with Shanks as the man begets a level of encouragement while verbally making fun of Luffy for being a kid constantly. Despite that, it doesnât completely deter Luffyâs ambitions. All it does is slowly drop his high expectations in Shanks after the first bar incident. This is again done by his childish outlook of physical strength and bravery equating to his ideal of a real man.
With Higama, Luffy learns about real-world dangers, and how bravery wonât always be enough to win battles. The same can be said for physical strength but at that moment it doesnât apply to Luffy.Â
Shanksâ and the crewâs involvement helped Luffyâs views change. His expectations are fulfilled, which in turn reveal that he was wrong about them.
Finally, seeing Shanksâ sacrifice unfold drove Luffy into a pang of newfound guilt. By then, he was able to change one part of his world views from a childish fantasy into the beginnings of a mature way of thinking.Â
He gains some level of patience. Along with a set goal to work with. Attributes which are identifiable with Luffy in the chapters last few panels.
Patience = Luffy took time to train and learn to set sail at age seventeen.
Set goal = Be King of the Pirates
Add-Ons
When I say that kid Luffy, after Shanksâ sacrifice, gained a level of patience, it is meant as a deduction during that chapter. By no means am I insinuating that it became a permanent trait for his character. Because as of chapter 1, all of Luffyâs personality has yet to be revealed.
And this will apply to other posts for various characters. They may behave in ways during or in response to a particular event but it doesnât necessarily equate to that becoming a whole personality trait. Calling Luffy patient, with having full acknowledgment of his personality during the bulk of One Piece, is completely off. But, there can and will be moments where Luffy will act patient when he deems it necessary.
This is a little hard to articulate but I hope it makes enough sense.
đŽââ ïžđ
After-Notes
Hereâs my first attempt at this analysis. It felt scattered even after editing everything. Breaking down characters sounds easy (and most times it is) but articulating and connecting things takes a lot of work.
Here's to hoping it gets easier with the next character. And maybe shorter paragraphs.
Up Next: Shanks (East Blue)
#OPA#One Piece#East Blue Saga#Romance Dawn Arc#Monkey D. Luffy#Chapter 1#One Piece Characters#Worldbuilding#Analysis
14 notes
·
View notes
Photo
=L I F E âą S T A G E S âą C A S âą C H A L L E N G E âą by @someone-elsa
Gamall Sullyvan
- Pre-Wanderer-
Toddler - 4 years old -
Gamall was born in a middle class family. He was the eldest of five children. By the time he was four, he had one younger sibling. Gamall would be one of two boys.
He was a very happy cheerful toddler, independent and curious, heâd brave through the world with a cunning curiosity.
Child - 10 years old
Gamall was a very educated child. He didnât have friends, so he spent his days in the Call Dragon library with his grandmother, after whom he was named. At that age Gamallâs greatest was to become a librarian like his grandmother, a very desired and well respected career.
Gamall had everything a child could need.
At this age, Gamall already had four younger siblings. One boy and three girls.
It was at that age, that Gamallâs mother was caught by a Vill from an âevil eyeâ and became deathly ill with the rot.
Teenager - 13 - 16 years old
Gamallâs family was exhiled from Call Dragon. As they refused to let his mother be executed, his family was exhiled and shunned. His father spent all the family had to remove the contagion from his motherâs rot, but his mother was not cured from the illness.Â
His father would work tiressly to try and treat his mother.
Gamall, being the eldest, became tasked with raising his younger siblings, taking care of his bedridden mother and taking care of his father. Gamall was forced to quit school in order to play the role of mother of the house, not only to his younger siblings but also his mother. As she confused him for his grandmother, she actually accepted a lot better having Gamall take care of her, so for 6 years Gamall dressed and looked like a woman.
He was heavily abused during this time (phisically) by his mother whoâs dementia had made her aggressive and his father who didnât like when Gamall neglected her. As all his father made was to take care of his mother and siblings, Gamall was actually heavily neglected, underweight, depressed and suicidal.
Around this time Gamall, at 16, met Caitlin, who was 10 years his senior. As sheâd bring him books, food and clothes, Gamall slowly started falling in love with her.
Young Adult - 18-35
As soon as he turned 18, Gamall actually eloped with Caitlin. Gamall left one morning for the market to sell his fatherâs produce and never returned home. Actually, Caitlin, who he had begged to save him, was waiting for him and the two left in a small carriage towards North, to the town of Riverrend.
For the next 17 years Gamall lived a happy, poor, but happy life as a lumberjack in his wifeâs mill. With Caitlin, Gamall had one son, Seimei.
Now, if Caitlin was the catalizer for Gamall to gain freedom and happiness in his life, Seimei was the catalizer to ruin his life yet again. Seimei, somewere along the line, due to school, found about about the vegan diet and refused to eat the food Gamall was able to afford for his son. Seimei became deathly ill with Blood Rot (anemia then leukemia). Though, there were treatments, as Gamall had lost legal citizenship due to what his dad did in the past, they couldnât ask gorvenmental aid.
So Gamall, at this point in life joined the Imperial Aklorian Army as a contract archer, hoping to earn enough to buy a horse and find a better paid job as a courier.Â
- During The Wanderer-
Adult - 35- 40
During the war Gamall was captured by the Ainlienists and tortured heavily. Now, normally, like any dragon afiliated human, Gamall would be burned alive, or staked, or impaled, or dismembered as a gruesome display the Ainlinists did of power, to show what happened to âdragon whoresâ and âdemon worshipersâ. But a quick death was not in Gamallâs future. No.Â
He crossed paths during his torture with Valadara, the personification of the will of the Universe. The Paradox of Paradoxes, and it was bored.Â
Literally.
So Gamall would do. He would do just fine.
Slowly undergoing a change into a dragon and a paradox, Gamall finds himself pulled by the Aklorian Army as probably the last chance to destroy the Ainlienists and stop their plot to "cleanseâ the world by fire.
Adult - 40+
At this point, Gamall is starting to hate this whole âImmortal Warlockâ deal. âItâs not like you can dieâ has become everyoneâs moto towards him. He can still feel pain though, and he really wishes, REALLY wishes, theyâd stop sending him on suicide missions.
At this point he has to work with Jullian, his torturer. Ainlinist Commander turned âgood guyâ who wishes to âbring the Church of Burden to the right pathâ. Yea right, like a bunch of fanatic, religious zealouts can ever find the right path!
And gall!Â
Gamall has to help him! Gamall has to help the man who sawed him in half, knowing he could not die, left him to rot, alone, in a basement.
Yes, heâll help him, alright. Gamall will help Jullian. Gamall will help everyone, especially his friends, who didnât bother to go look for him while he was dragging his instestines through sand, in a desert, with his body split in half from his freaking balls up to his sternum, only held together with pieces of dirty clothe bathed in booze he was somehow rational enough to tied his body with so it wouldnât split open while he walked.Â
But his friends said it best:Â âItâs not like youâll die!â
...
Right now, the only thing stopping him from shoving his staff down his friendâs and Jullianâs combined esophaguses and making a human sish kebab, is that helping Jullian redeem himself only to kill him later, will make revenge that much sweeter.
...
Heâs a bit bitter.
-Post Wanderer-
The Wanderer - Paradox
You know what? Gamall has rethought this whole âImmortal Warlockâ deal. Itâs actually pretty cool!
Overpowered as fuck, feared as fuck, and you canât kill him.
His mental health took a permanent vacation in Taiti and refuses to even send him a postcard, but itâs cool!
A wanted criminal, you do not mess with The Wanderer. He is feared, reveared and avoided. No one messes with him, the Empress has instructed every single one of her Army and Guard to just let him be. He wants to steal? Let him. He wants to fuck? Let him.Â
Despite being such a despised and feared criminal, the Wanderer is actually pretty chill, and if no one bothers him, you wonât even realize who he is. Just a scholar visiting the local libraries, a warlock frequenting the local dueling ground, a patron in an in, miding his own business.
Of course thereâs always an idiot in leather armour who wants to try and claim a bounty on his head or some shit and thatâs when the Wanderer shows his colours, or better said, power. They say he can kill a man with a spoon, a ballrog with a laddle, a high ranking knight with a mug, and whipe out an entire army with one spell.
They say this man, was once the war hero Gamall Sullyvan, but he canât be Gamall. Gamall was a good man and he looks nothing like Gamall, ask his son or wife. Gamall had brown eyes and brown hair, this man has green eyes and black hair.
Gamall was a father and a good man.
This man, this Wanderer, is a monster.
He singlehandedly eradicated the Church of Burden from Akloria. They say he kept their Archebishop, lord Jullian, for last. Made him watch while he scorched the city and everyone in it. He said âsince Ainlienists love burning witches so much, lets give them a taste of their own medecineâ. Then crushed the archebishopâs head.Â
He cannot be Gamall. Gamall was a valued ally of Commander Kadra, and the Wanderer cut off her fighting arm in battle after tieing up with her in melee combat.
This man cannot be Gamall.
Only he is.
And he is a Paradox.
The Paradox of Change.
And sometimes you change for worse.
13 notes
·
View notes
Note
đ for the answering of applicable questions, please!
~Quietly, in the Lower Garden District~
~Colour~
The man behind the counter is ready to reach over and strangle her. She can see it in his expression, so put upon by each time she shakes her head and asks if she can have another sample made. She almost wishes he would try, he'd lose more than the hour that she's been at this. That might be uncharitable of her but the man reminds her of the kind of person who, when not wearing his little vest, is exactly the kind of person who sees Beth and Anakin walking down the street together and curls a lip, makes passing commentary to other middle-age white guys. Too poor, too weird, too questionably ethnic to suit them. The kind of person who would walk faster when it got dark, or would lock up before they could make it to a door. There's more of those than either one of them care to acknowledge, and the irony is almost delicious. Except that sometimes Anakin cannot help but to be very aware of that kind of prejudice and it really takes another chunk out of his self-confidence.
"Allow me to explain again," she says softly, in crisp and enunciated haole. "I said I want a very specific shade of blue. A hint of royal with a tinge of cadet number five. Then mix at the edges a touch of Prussian and just enough Turkish Steel to give that depth soft edges. Then overly sky atop it all. Or better yet, please find me a customer service specialist who can, in fact, understand what I am looking for because clearly? You're not it." That might be her fault, she does want to paint the living room the exact shade of Anakin's eyes.
~Song~
She doesn't play as well as Andy could, and she would never be a singer though she enjoyed it maybe because it was more about intent than execution, one of the few things that held true in absolute. And sometimes neither one really mattered when he folded himself up like an envelope just so he could rest his head against her chest and instead of plucking strings, she only ran fingers through his hair. He closes his eyes and she focuses hers across the back yard. Beyond the pool and past the grass. Colours blur and fade and there's a ripple of dissonance within the Tapestry to make a boundary between what is solid and inflexible and what is hidden in a space outside of the Tellurian. Words they don't use in every day conversation. She isn't quite singing now instead humming a tune that would reveal more than maybe they're ready to dive into. Other words they don't use, either. Her palm comes to rest on his brow as tender as she knows how. The other reaches around him to tuck one of the knitted blankets around him. He doesn't seem to mind the combination of warmth between herself and the acrylic, is maybe the only other person who could be cold in anything else less than 80 degrees and 90% humidity. It takes an infinite amount of patience, skill, and mana to redirect the rain to a different part of the city. He'll forgive her weariness even if he doesn't understand why she will go to bed early, sleep in late. And that's okay. He doesn't need to know. It's better if he doesn't, it would spoil the gift. 'Cause I'm gonna make this place your home.
~Scent~ The balcony door is open letting muggy air move sluggishly in through the French doors. Beneath her the bed is a little too stiff for comfort. Her laptop almost too warm as it rests on her thighs and only serves to remind her that she should probably get out of the charcoal grey suit she's wearing. She closes the screen and pulls her glasses off, raising them so they rest in her hair. Takes a sip of the wine she'd bought at...some store she won't remember the name of... but that came recommended by the bellhop.
She didn't have the forethought before leaving for Baton Rouge to steal borrow something to bring along. For reasons that she didn't want to explain because there's no very polite way to explain she's grown used to having him sleep beside her. That there's something soothing that comes wafting up from his skin the closer he gets, arm wrapped around her, leg half thrown over. At the end of a day there's his natural chemistry that mixes with clean laundry and cigarette smoke, something sweet and spicy from his preferred night cap. Sometimes there's blood. Sometimes the distinct smell of wood or metal from something he's working on for himself, the kind of tinkering that seems to bring him peace like nothing else can. There isn't an exact name for it but she can recognise it at a thousand paces. It makes her want to burrow furtively into his chest cavity and find some way to live inside of that newly hollowed out space. Maybe just thinking about it was all she needed. Maybe it's some new kind of magick trick. Regardless, she'd managed to doze off just long enough to be startled when the door of her hotel room clicks shut and he's there. Pulled out of her day dreams and turned into flesh. With exactly the kind of apologetic grin she's become as familiar with as she is the smell of him. "Guess, I jus' couldn't sleep." And she knows there's more going on behind the sheepish look, and the way he stands at a polite distance away, maybe waiting for permission. She doesn't say a word. Only turns down the previously pristine other side of the bed before slipping from hers. The white silk blouse hits the floor seconds before she disappears into the bathroom.
~Meme~ She eyes Anakin. Looks at her phone. Back and forth for five solid minutes before she just starts giggling. Which turns into a laugh.
~Sound~ It's those little sub-vocalisations that get her. Every near guttural groan, every single one of those breathless whimpers that cling to the edges of her senses soft as cobwebs or hard as thunder. There are so many layers between them, so much context to be drawn from even a half of a sigh. They are a siren song even if she doesn't know what rocks he wants her to dash herself on.
~Setting~
She cringes. "I don' wanna tell ya." He's helping her work on a psychological profiling assessment that's required of her continuing education class, which is all part of her professional development. But she's worried because it's going to sound incredibly racist, coming as it is not from a white-passing woman of colour but one of incredible privilege who absolutely knows what it's going to sound like. But she cannot resist the look of self-accusation and anxiety that creeps into his micro-expressions and doing anything else would feel incredibly dishonest. Something she doesn't want to foster in him. "Somewhere 'round sunset. Da bayou waddah look like it on fire. Dere's some soft Zydeco music goin' on in da backdrop. Air's hot an' heavy like steam 'tween lovers an' if ya real quiet, can hear da bayou jus' come alive wi' oddah souls. Dere's pirogues bobbin' along, an' you can smell some ono grindz cookin' somewhere. Spanish moss all hangin' down from cypress an' willow trees. A mixture of old spirituals an' dat beautiful, melodic pidgin dat get spoke down dere...I know is nevah really li'dat.... also make me t'ink of witch blood an' Mokole dat pass as gators... all dem ghosts an' da kine ya nevah can put ya finger on but dat give ya chicken skin jus' t'inkin' 'bout..." ~Fashion Style~
Clothes litter her floor. Flung without a care to their resting places. Some on the edge of her bed or the arm of a chair. Suits and jeans and tee-shirts. Undergarments and socks. Like some small hurricane exploded out of the closet, just with less water. There's sarongs too. Luau shirts that just aren't him. Shoes too. Finally, she steps back and examines her handiwork. A frame work of satin boxers that will caress the most delicate parts of him without bunching or pinching. An accent of which are picked up in the suit lapels and bow tie. White shirt, black buttons. Silver cuff-links. Socks that are thin as a Friday night prayer, and absolutely voluptuous Paolo Scafora oxfords in a blue so dark they look black at first glance, polished to a mirror gloss. Dior and Stefano Ricci. Famous labels from famous houses of style.
If the gala wasn't required...Anakin wouldn't be seeing the light of day and there'd be very different reasons the clothes would be laying scattered about.
But she kind of also misses that scruffy plain, slightly tattered tee-shirt and skinny jeans even she would have a hard time getting up past her own hips, and questionably aged converse. Aesthetically speakin, Anakin is ever clothing designer's wet dream and she has never wanted to be a circular scarf more in her life. "Wow. Jus'....wow." ~Feeling~
"Belonging."
It's all she says before she kisses him. Softly and sweetly, a little wet from a stray tear that slips down between their lips. Admitting this is admitting that maybe, just maybe, she loves him, too. Which puts a countdown on everything. Which means that he's going to find the wherewithal to leave her and to take with him every that makes her feel even the littlest bit real. She doesn't know if she'll survive the loss, so it's best that she make the most of it before he goes. ~Animal~ "If you were one dem changing breeds? You'd be a were-fossa. Dey are dese medium sized ....well. Dey kinda look like cats, but also...dey don't. Related to da civet but also like...mongooses. Mongeese? Wha'evah. Dey from Madagascar. Da Malagasy got kapu of a kind an' actually are sorta afraid of dem, an' wi' good reason...dey carnivorous ay-eff." She glances over. "Don' laugh! Dey beautiful an' rare an' I really like dem a lot. An' I'm not gonna tell ya any more about dem. Gonna make a new animal, an' call it a' Anakin." There is every possibility that she will do this. Some day.
~Holiday~ Christmas. It will always be Christmas. Not the lights and snow and carollers, though there's plenty of that to go around. Not the chill and dank air, not the interminably long night, not even because of gifts. It's not a childhood of Santa surfing or canoeing, and it isn't sandcastles and malasadas left by the lanai doors from Hawai'i, either. Maybe it's a touch of the peace and goodwill often associated with the season, and how he came to find her when he needed her the most. But if she had to give just one reason, it's that he brought her back a sense of wonder that she'd thought was lost when her world had shattered. He took something terrible and turned it into something beautiful. That isn't an ordinary, every day kind of magick and she doesn't know how she will ever be able to express her love and gratitude for him.
"Wha'ya t'ink about mebbe da Bahamas dis year? Get out of da city for a lil while, I promise I won' make ya go for da beach."
~Season~
When Beth thinks of seasons, she thinks of it being a mainland phenomenon. Her own islands only really have two: Kau from May to October, where everything is beautiful and averages about 85 degrees give or take, and Ho'oilo from November to April when the best tides bring in the biggest waves. It's only cooler by about ten degrees. Which is maybe why she always feels so cold so far away from home. And why she likes it here so much. She knows other places have as many as six seasons, broken up into more agricultural and solar tied patterns of weather and climate and sometimes even just spiritual nature. But taking all of Anakin into account, she would have to say... "Monsoon. It's da time of life-giving rains. But also it can be dangerous for the same reason. Cool but lingers along your skin. An' it's somet'ing I keep wi' me always, waitin' for it."
#Mahalo!Shady <333#Like A Sad Hallucination|Anakin Skywalker#Like a Memory in Motion|Anibeth#The Trunk You Keep Your Life In|Mage the Ascension#Crescent City Blues|Nola#Reborn on the Bayou|Louisiana
6 notes
·
View notes
Text
HealPre Final Review: Not terrible but not entirely laudable either...
*sigh* Where do I start?
Well, one thing Iâm pretty sure of is that COVID definitely affected production somehow. By that, I donât just mean the show needing to go on hiatus, resulting in a shorter run compared to previous seasons. Iâm also talking about any possible changes that mightâve been made to the original narrative, if there was one.
Much like how Suiteâs story had to be altered in the wake of the 2011 Tohoku earthquake and tsunami disaster, I believe Heal underwent a similar treatment in response to the pandemic becoming more widespread as 2020 went on.
Especially since it dealt with health and nature, HealPre is probably the season that has come the closest in relevancy to real life events.
Frankly, that can be quite scary because this virus was and is still a fucking nightmare on a massive global scale. From that view, I can understand why the writers/producers would be concerned of the anime hitting too near home. At least for their main demographicâs (children) sake, maybe they were compelled to shift to something lighter and less edgier so that the kids could find some comfort and enjoyment in the midst of the worldâs current crisis.
So I canât fault Toei for that, if thatâs really the case. Going through a pandemic is terrifying, infuriating and exhausting and UGH. We could use something that can help ease our worries or momentarily distract us even a little bit.Â
Though would it have killed them to dedicate one episode to the importance of wearing a mask or washing hands? (-_- ;;)
HOWEVER! Seeing as I am not a fragile child, Iâve still got several (oho~) criticisms to air out before I put this season behind me. This review isnât particularly scathing but...there is a lot of discontent so youâve been forewarned.
But first, letâs tediously review what structure means in Precure.
We all know that there are certain things that will forever (?) remain fixed in the series formula.
The plot is always going to be âmagical girls fight evil doers threatening to ruin the worldâ.
There are plot points to indicate story progression but in reality, are put there to correspond with toy releases which are usually marked by these five: introductions, first power up, midseason Cure, second power up, and build-up to the climax + finale.
There is usually a specific message (a theme) to be told with every season and motifs (narrative tools) to aid in getting that across. For HealPre, the theme is âliving is fightingâ and its motifs are âhealthâ and ânatureâ.
I left out âanimalsâ b/c 1) it didnât hold as much significance as the other two did, 2) animals are part of nature anyway and 3) letâs be real, itâs just a synonym for âmascotsâ which we already get every year. :P
Right. Iâm probably forgetting something but for the most part, these are immovable pillars of Precure.
Story, on the other hand, has more variables you can work with.
Story is how you tell the plot, how you convey the message.
Precure, as a tv series, is unarguably carried by its main stars, the Cures. So it only makes sense that a huge percentage of a seasonâs success owes itself to how much of an impact its characters had on the audience as well as how effective their individual story arcs were as sub-plots tying back to the bigger picture (the message/theme).
Ideally, these arcs would shine the brightest in the filler episodes, where the plot (âgood guys vs. bad guysâ) is less of a focus so there is more space for personal development and growth.
Also, not all character arcs have to be directly related to the plot but they ought to be written well in order to support the overarching message (the theme).
Now, has HealPre done that? Has each girlâs story demonstrated a good example of what âliving is fightingâ means?
...nnnnnnyyeeee... look, even I canât give a straightforward answer on that because while technically they did, by virtue of Nodokaâs observance in ep 44 recounting it as such, thereâs also actually not enough to make it feel substantial from a viewerâs standpoint.
At least, thatâs what I thought while watching HealPre.
With the exception of Nodokaâs, there was a lot of saying but not much doing to convincingly back the other girlsâ arcs up. The fillers themselves were very weak, loosely composed in relation to the motifs and, if I may be so blunt, downright boring that if Nodoka didnât phrase those episodes as things that counted towards the theme, I probably would put up more of a fight on disagreeing. so shoot me, Iâm soft for her :P
And I know that sounds confusing right now but I will elaborate as I continue.
Before that though, to be utterly fair, some seasons keep their respective themes shrouded in vagueness until theyâre given a more concrete form in words around the finale. So itâs not like we can do much except make educated guesses on what they really are. Most of the time, weâre just measuring everything against our perception of a standard in the fog. Or maybe thatâs just me?
Nevertheless, you can just tell, yâknow? By simply watching and observing the whole show, you can tell if the characterization, the development, and the outcome (essentially the content given) really live up to what the season claims is endgame.
So letâs go through that first then. The characters, starting with our lead Cure...
Nodoka being the only Cure in her team to have an arc deserving of the praise âexceptionalâ should come as a surprise to no one.
She was the most solid in terms of direction on how her story was going to proceed. Out of all the girls, her journey had the greatest connection to the subject âhealthâ, repeatedly delved into it every time the spotlight was on her and fulfilled everything it seemed to promise from her debut in episode 1.
Her struggles on the road to recovery from a long-term illness and the strength sheâs drawn from that traumatizing experience as well as her time as Precure did more than establish her as the strongest character in HealPre.
She has also rose to become one of the most memorable Pink Cures in the entire franchise (personally, I rank her in the top 5).
And itâs not hard to see why sheâs earned such high regard in a lot of fansâ hearts.
The writers clearly worked a lot on her character composition to the point where she can pretty much embody the theme of âliving is fightingâ all on her own.
She came into HealPre fresh out of the hospital and full of earnest desire to make the most of her newfound freedom but she also wasnât without knowledge on what hardship is. From there, she only got stronger, even when she was stumbling and trying to figure things out along the way. She grew more fortified in her beliefs on what it means to be truly live a healthy life.
She bravely defied the ones who attempted to take advantage of her and twist her cause against her. And she learned that taking care of herself is equally as important as wanting others to be safe from harm.
It was never about winning or coming out on top. It was about protecting a fundamental yet precious truth. That one thing any decent human being should never have to concede: the right to live well.
Honestly, Nodoka is absolutely inspiring all around, as a fictional character, a heroine and a normal everyday person.
Everything about her arc went satisfyingly right like it was meant to and the best thing is, we donât need to question it because we saw how it all happened with our very own eyes.
I sincerely wished I could say the same for the others but sadly, they were just too flawed.
And Pegitan can throw flippers with me all day if he wants but as undeniable as the above statements are about Chiyu, her arc failed to leap over the increasingly mounting disappointment I had with every episode thatâs been assigned solely to her.
Two of which werenât even about Chiyu. One centered on Pegitanâs admiration for his partner and the other focused on her brother, Touji. Which, while nice to give to supporting/secondary characters, is a fat waste of valuable screentime and not what Iâm here for.
It also didnât help that the conflict of her arc (the indecision over choosing between two dreams) started really late in the game and was resolved so quickly within two episodes. There was no time for me to get invested into it, there was no powerful sense of conviction like how Go!Pri or Hugtto handled theirs and really, it just felt like Chiyu was only following what the script dictated for her rather than genuinely awakening to her own competitive passion towards track and field.
It was almost like it didnât matter. Almost as if the writers procrastinated in thinking up something worthwhile to further her development...but then settled on grabbing an old idea off the shelf without refining it to suit Chiyu when they ran out of time.
This happened similarly with Minami in Go!Pri and Elena in StarPre, both of whom left me angry at how their arcs were executed. Yet theirs donât compare to how pissed off I am about Chiyuâs. Because while Minamiâs took a while to arrive, it wasnât done poorly and linked back to Go!Priâs theme well enough. And while Elenaâs was over crammed last minute, at least it was unique to her character and had lots of potential ways to play out if they actually started it earlier on in StarPre.
Chiyuâs arc is like a discount version of the former with hardly any of the intriguing qualities of the latter. Sure, she had two early episodes that laid out the two most important aspects of her life (her family inn and her dedication to her sport) but after that, they werenât brought up again until we were only weeks away from the ending. Yâknow, just to fill up episode slots and meet the minimal requirement of saying they did give Chiyu some issue to resolve.Â
It was not engaging at all.
Furthermore, the fact that her arc had very little to no relation with either âhealthâ or ânatureâ hurt my appreciation of her character somewhat. I just...donât think her kind of story really matches with the central topics of HealPre?
...but maybe Iâm being bitter about this all wrong and thatâs screwing up my rational thinking on this matter.
Because Chiyuâs arc is valid under the logic of the overall theme, I would never say it isnât. And again, character arcs donât have to be close to the plot nor is it necessary to employ the âsuffering builds characterâ method to make them interesting.
Chiyu always does her best every day. Thatâs sufficient argument on why her story does fit within the frame of HealPreâs premise.
Guess Iâll just have to wrangle my resistance into acceptance somehow.
...still, her arc couldâve been done so much better than what we were given. Chiyu at least deserved that much.
Next, Hinata.
Since the beginning, I knew she was gonna be runner-up to Nodoka for having the (for lack of better term atm) âbestâ arc because it was heavily implied that she has ADHD and therefore, immediately checked off the âhealthâ trait. She was even more obvious about it than Nozomi was.
Difficulty paying attention, hyperactivity, impulsiveness. Hinata didnât just display all those signs, she also showed how hard it was for her to deal with the downsides to them on a regular basis.
She kept apologizing and put herself down excessively for inconveniencing her friends even though they never blamed her for her condition. Got them annoyed a few times, yes, but didnât stop them from staying friends with her and definitely didnât make them hate her either.
Everybody was understanding of Hinata...except Hinata because she always took her failures to heart and considered quitting several times to avoid the crushing dejection of making mistakes over and over again.
She got better, though, and no one could have summed it up more heartwarmingly than Nyatoran with the encouraging words he gave her at the conclusion of her arc.Â
But it still feels like thereâs a huge chunk of development missing between the start and finish. Or rather, it seemed like all of it occurred offscreen and we were only informed later that it did in fact, happen.
To recap, iirc, Hinata had around 5 episodes that focused on her (ep 9, 13, 23, 35 and 40). Ep 18 doesnât count because that was a Nyatoran-centric filler more than anything.
Ep 9 and 13 did their jobs of introducing and highlighting the details of Hinataâs troubles while also suggesting she will eventually learn to overcome her insecurities. The ones after, though? They pushed those issues to the backseat.
In Ep 23, she had to share the (uneven) spotlight with Asumi. Hinataâs improvements were briefly mentioned but the majority of the ep went to teaching Asumi what âcuteâ meant and how to get along with puppies. I mean, I get that Asumi recently joined the group and bonding with her was mandatory by tradition. But since each Cure only gets a limited number of eps to herself, it wouldâve been more beneficial for Hinata if she didnât have to split screentime with someone elseâs growth schedule.
Ep 35 is slightly better but not by a whole lot. Sure, Natasha was able to reconcile with Elizabeth which was very sweet and heck, it was the goal for that episode. But again, nothing was really done or addressed about Hinataâs main conflict. She tossed it back with the rest of her homework to deal with later. ahaha, a TroPre hint
Then ep 40 came to formally close the curtains on her story and apparently, Hinata screwed up lots of times since...whenever but she picked herself up every time after and kept on trying. Awesome. So WHY didnât we get to see that?Â
Iâm not asking for the impossible here. Iâm not asking for Hinata to be cured or anything miraculous like that. There is treatment available for ADHD but it is not curable.
Also, forcing Hinata to find a way to get better at studying, the thing she struggles with the most, is not the solution either because that would only make her more stressed and anxious over her own disorder.
What I want is to see how she moved from wailing âI canât do it! I donât wanna! Iâm so scared of failing so why bother?!â to determinedly declaring âSo what if I failed 1 or 100 times? So what if I fail another 1000 times? What matters is that I donât let that stop me!â
That confidence is not something that can be built up overnight. Itâs gradual and it takes numerous tries to reach from where Hinata was to where Hinata is now.
Telling me she grew emotionally stronger can only allow me to believe so much. I need to actually witness the changes as well.
If it werenât for that, Hinataâs arc would have been a lot more impressive. Shame.
Finally............... Asumi.
Asumi, Asumi, Asumi, Asumi, Asumi, Asumi, Asumi... *sighs & drums fingers*
...she has no arc, ok? Seriously, what story is there to speak of, much less write a hefty analysis on?
A spirit born for the sake of Latte who just went along with the Precure ride because Latte didnât want to abandon her duty. She made friends with those who arenât Latte, extended her knowledge and understanding and gained valuable human experience during her stay on Earth. But ultimately, she will always define her entire existence around a puppy.Â
Nothing is more important than this puppy.
...... to be honest, Asumi not having a storyline isnât what bothers me. Itâs her lack of depth that does.
Hell, even the giant burger she ate had more depth than she did!
Oh, Asumi does have a personality alright. Sheâs consistently and unfailingly polite, utterly devoted to her raison dâĂȘtre and in crucial moments, gives pearls of wisdom when the girls are in a pinch. Sheâs good.
But if thatâs all she is, then sheâs also painfully dull.
She has nothing to contribute to the discussion of health or nature, despite being created through an element of the Earth so youâd think sheâd have an opinion of her own. At least worry about the planet that gave life to her as much as she frets over Latte all the time. But nope.
She shares the exact same face as Teatineâs past Precure partner so youâd think weâd explore that connection to see if it would influence or affect her in any way. But nope.
90% of the time, her role was just being Latteâs constant, fawning satellite.
Not only did that irritate the hell out of me but it just reinforced my stance that this type of character is one of the worst you can ever insert into any narrative.
Because if someone keeps reiterating how much theyâre obsessed with this one thing and seldom talks about anything else without bringing their obsession into it... then whatâs so special about them on their own?
Youâve practically surrendered the different qualities you could have had for worship of something else. Thatâs not a fair trade-in.
Asumiâs character is so packed with Latte-related stuff that thereâs not much space left for anything that can be considered uniquely Asumi.
I mean, maybe itâs because I can never see myself or any normal person comfortable with living like that.
Living for the sake of being together with the one you love? Okay. But living with your whole universe revolving around that one thing? Making most if not all decisions based on this one thing?
No. Thatâs absolutely crazy, alright? Nobody with a healthy amount of awareness and self-worth would live like that.
And you can counter that Asumiâs just born like that. That she canât help her origins because Teatineâs wish to protect her daughter is essentially what brought Asumi into existence so of course, her biggest concern would be Latte. At least, she wasnât forced into it, right? As long as Asumi chose of her own will to follow Latte, it should be fine, right?
You can even use the fact that Asumi isnât human. That sheâs a spirit and we shouldnât apply our human standards too strictly to her.
Yea, but those are feeble defenses in the face of her being a good main character, a good main heroine.Â
There are many ways to make a decent MC. The way Asumi was written proves she certainly does not possess traits that can classify her as true protagonist material. A protagonist has to be more than one amplified feature, which Asumi is not.
For the record, I donât hate Asumi (sheâs not interesting enough to generate a feeling that intense). I'm just severely let down because even if I donât end up loving the midseason Cure for whatever reason, I can usually count on them to bring something intriguing to the table to dissect and analyze. At least I should find something to care about them.
Didnât happen with her. :(
Oh god, Iâve been working on this post for days now and Iâve got a headache and with the baton pass happening in less than a few hours as I type this, I just really need to get it done and over with so please forgive me for speeding up through the rest, Iâll try to keep it as coherent as possible. NYARGH! (@_@ ;;)
Mascots.
Would you be surprised to hear that Iâm not surprised that they were actually written very well?
Like I said early on, I suspected the return of fairy partnerships were going to improve the mascotsâ significance in the story and, well, I was right.Â
This time, they didnât just fill in the usual expectations of relaying exposition, serving as the Curesâ transformation devices and looking cute for the merchandise. The Healing Animals had to make progress on their own training to become doctors as well.
And they did through their relationships with their human partners.
It was a refreshing take on the mascot aspect of the series because the friendships felt really symbiotic. When the trainees arrived on Earth, they relied on the girls to help them perform their jobs as well as provide them with shelter, food, the occasional peptalk about their trainee status, etc.
Then as the story continued and they got to know each other better, the mascots were able to return the favor by giving support when the Cures needed it. Rabirin when Nodoka was frightened and confused about how to deal with Daruizen, Pegitan when Chiyu was having trouble choosing between two dreams and Nyatoran who made sure to always lift Hinataâs spirits up when she got upset at herself.
In short, they achieved their objectives of learning what it means to be good doctors by being there for their friends! How wonderful! :D
My memory for Latte is hazy, unfortunately, since sheâs coddled by everyone all the time (canât blame them, sheâs frigginâ adorable! <3) but Iâll never forget how she stood firm on the battlefield to see things through, to fight for the Earth like she promised her mother. She started out so babie but showed us all there was enormous bravery behind her cute face and ugh, we should all be very proud of her! <3
The only major issues I had about the mascots were these:
1) Too many irrelevant fillers went to them. They only needed a maximum of two for their entire mascot group.
2) Latte kept getting sick even after she acquired a Precure partner of her own. I was hoping it wouldnât hurt her as much as it did before Asumi arrived or that she would build up a stronger immunity but noooo, they insisted on torturing the poor pupper! T_T
Villains + Finale Battle
Not a lot needs to be said for the first part. Weâve had mediocre antagonists before. HealPreâs just happened to be extra annoying as they were despicable.Â
Which is worse because jerks you can just leave in the trash but assholes wonât stop harassing you unless you pummel them into their graves, set fire to their corpses and leave no trace of them behind! >:(
Yâall know who Iâm talking about. Opinions on him continue to vary depending on who you talk to and if theyâre avid fans of his face or not but whatever. The son of a bitch served his purpose and is dead now. Thatâs all that matters to me.
Anyway, the King was flat like his two lesser generals. He was neither intimidating nor distinguished enough in the brand of evil to really make us think of him as a serious threat and because of that, it ended up making the boss fight look like any run of the mill boss fight.
I know, they tried so hard with all that shiny animation but it just didnât have that glorious sense of vindication that previous seasons (or ep 42) gave and I blame it all on this Rumiko Takahashi reject.
Also, this strategy was pretty useless?
They built it up like Earth was gonna sacrifice herself and die or something (she wouldnât and even if she came close, deus ex machina wouldâve kicked in to prevent that and COVID-induced caution too I guess).Â
But there were no signs of pain (well, thatâs a relief) after absorbing Shindoi-ne and they really pissed King Byogen off more than they did any damage with the absorbed byo-gen power.
...so yea, this tactic was just to kill some time and budget, nothing more. Meh.
By the way, did Asumi eject Shindoi-neâs pathogen out of her body yet or did they just leave it in there to bounce around until it eventually dissolves on its own?
Because thatâs eww. I mean, itâs obviously not gonna hurt Asumi they can both relate on hyperfocusing their affection for someone so maybe the compatibility helps :P but still, ewwwww.
Fillers + Underused Motifs
In hindsight, perhaps HealPre didnât exactly promise the content we I wanted about âhealthâ and ânatureâ if their objective was to teach that any manner of âfightingâ can count towards âlivingâ.
......but fuck you Toei, youâre still cowards! >:/
Fillers will be fillers but itâs always better to try and make some of them as meaningful as possible. And they wasted the opportunity to inform an impressionable audience (during a very crucial period of our time, I must add) on a lot of things related to the HealPreâs motifs. Especially about the environment which for some ridiculous reason, they chose not to touch on for the main stretch of the overall story.
Proper hygiene, good diet plan and sleeping habits, regular exercise (already done by the girls a few times but could use another example), meditation, counseling/therapy (especially for mental health!), etc.
Real life pollution, climate change/global warming (IMPORTANT!!), deforestation, preservation vs conservation, endangered species, recycling, volunteering to clean up your community, etc.
These just came off the top of my head but yes, thereâs more and no, Iâm not saying that the writers need to cover all of them in extreme detail or replace the slice-of-life episodes.
But they should be able to mesh both serious and light-hearted together in harmony somehow. Like those fillers where the mascots saw people cleaning up littering at the park or that interaction with that arborist who taught them about wild animals and trees when the group went to visit a lake.
For health, maybe let the girls visit patients with chronic illness in the hospital or have them converse with a medical professional on some matter. Particularly if itâs got something to do with mental illness because stigma in Japan on those who are afflicted with such conditions is still prevalent and has caused a number of sad and shocking tragedies that could have otherwise been avoided if people didnât have such outdated, judgmental mindsets.
That last part might be too dark for a childrenâs anime but thereâs a lot more out there that is doable.
Do that without reducing it into a footnote, Toei. It is so necessary for your target audience to be aware of these issues at the age they are now. You have an almost 20-year old franchise to serve as a very effective platform. Make better use of it if you truly care about the message youâre conveying through your show!
Also, what the fuck.
The last episode was a mess. Why are you only mentioning this now when the season is already over?
This shouldâve been brought up months ago!
All the things we couldâve seen the Cures done to protect the Earth without magic.
The excuse of âI didnât know humans were so horrible!â is a shit one because everybody knows humans are deplorable trash when it comes to abusing the Earth. All the more reason why you have to persistently drill it into peopleâs heads that they should not be like those who donât care or choose not to care.
One crack episode isnât going to cut that.
God, I so want to unsee this ep just so I donât have to end HealPre on a more sour note than it already was. *big aggrieved sigh*
Lastly (and this really is the end of my long ranting, I promise), the missing undisclosed lore.
There are few Precure seasons without a past lore of its own in the recent years. Is it a wonder, though?
Lore is mysterious and fascinating. If it involves a past Precure, even more so.
Sometimes fans might just hang onto a show because theyâre curious about what happened before the main story. Weâd never get the full tale of those adventures but at least, itâs fun to imagine the âprequelâ.
Also, past Precure are just badass. Fact.
Strangely enough, we didnât get that for Heal. All we know is that she was called âFuuâ and was very close to Teatine.Â
Hmm. Probably one of those changes caused by COVID interference cuz I canât imagine the writers choosing not to tell her past in the original draft.
With all that finally off my chest, Iâm ready to part ways with you girls until the next All Stars (Nodoka, Iâm gonna miss you so much! T_T)
HealPre wasnât the worst and it was nowhere near the best that it had the potential to be. But itâs passable. At least for those who loved it even with its flaws, Iâm genuinely glad it was good for you.
For those who are thinking about picking it up (although why you would read this spoilery post before watching, I have no idea), if youâre looking for a standard magical girl anime to enjoy casually, then this is a safe pick. If you really want to invest your attention and heart into it, though? Then perhaps it would be in your interest to ask someone who saw it already to help you filter out the episodes that are worth watching. You donât need to worry about the rest, theyâre inconsequential. :P
Ok then! Thanks for reading as always, brave souls who have reached this point.Â
Stay healthy and safe out there and Iâll see you at the beach next week! Tropic underwater paradise here we coooooommmmmeeeeee!!!!!!!!!!!! xDDD
#i rage quit two drafts and an outline before i got anywhere with this#now if you'll excuse me i gotta catch up on my workout and play pokemon and eat pho later#and catch up on the ccs manga#livin' the healthy life oh yea~#healin' good precure#cure grace#cure fontaine#cure sparkle#cure earth#hanadera nodoka#sawaizumi chiyu#hiramitsu hinata#fuurin asumi#rabirin#pegitan#nyatoran#latte
10 notes
·
View notes
Note
Meta asks: 4, 11, 20!
4. Share a sentence or paragraph from your writing that youâre really proud of (explain why, if you like)
Xue Yang seemed feral, with unkempt hair sloppily twisted into a simple knot, his face locked in a rabid sneer with teeth bared and eyes narrowed to slits. He looked as though he'd like to sink those fangs into the throat of the world, ripping and tearing, never satisfied until the universe itself had bled out at his feet.
This oneâs a favourite, and one that multiple of my input-readers also commented on! Itâs just very raw and very Xue Yang, I think. â„
11. What do you envy in other writers?Â
Consistency. The seeming ease with which some writers I follow manage to produce words. For me, itâs always a struggle to overcome executive dysfunction to be able to write at all, and Iâm baffled by people who manage to just... decide? To sit down? And produce words? And it works for them?
Native grasp of the English language seems an unfair advantage too, sometimes. XD
There are also some people whose concepts and prose will just punch me in the gut, and make me go âoof, thatâs good shitâ, but thatâs equal parts envy and appreciation since it means I will also get to enjoy said prose and plot. ;)
20. Tell us the meta about your writing that you really want to ramble to people about (symbolism youâve included, character or relationship development that you love, hidden references, callbacks or clues for future scenes?)
Whoooboy. There is actually so much thought and symbolism going into my stories, and Heaven Has A Road is no exception.
I think one of the first things is trauma, and how people respond differently to it. That is honestly one of the core themes of the whole story, how each of the three individuals cope with their own trauma, and how they relate to each other, sharing the pain of everything that happened in Yi City. This is all very much show, not tell - it comes through in their reactions, their body language, the way each narratorâs voice focuses on some things and ignores others, sometimes almost to the point of lying. It makes their actions almost illogical and self-destructive at times, but thatâs what coping mechanisms and instinctive responses are. Itâs not always straightforward or elegant or one-hug-cures-all. I find their broken edges endlessly fascinating, and itâs always a major part of the scenes I write!
Another, more subtle part is all the Daoist philosophy threaded in there. Some is very outright, literal quotes, but most of it is a lot more subtle, baked into the way (two of) the characters relate to the world at large, and everything theyâre going through. And even for all that they stand on the common ground of their teachings, Song Lan and Xiao Xingchen still approach those teachings differently, and for different purposes. I write Song Lan as more rigid in his philosophies, more literal, putting the principle of the teachings above almost all other things. Xiao Xingchen is more fluid and adaptive; for him the doctrines are a life philosophy, too, but also tools that heâs no stranger to bending and reinterpreting to fit the goals he puts even higher - to help people, mostly (but also, sometimes, to justify the things he himself selfishly wants).
As for other symbolism, Xiao Xingchen is fascinating to write, because a lot of his sense of symbolism isnât sight-based. Some is, he remembers what itâs like to see, but since losing his sight, heâs also putting a lot more intuitive thought into his other senses, and his inner allusions and comparisons are as often sound/touch-based as relating to sight.
A lot of Xue Yangâs symbolism is to do with physical wounds; shattered bones, broken fingers, pain and blood and gore. He relates a lot of things to anger and pain, because those are the deepest forces driving him, and they hijack everything else from time to time (another typical trauma response, to be unable to tell any strong emotion reaction apart from anger or pain).
Song Lanâs symbolism-language is very art and writing-based, likening things to art styles, brush strokes or lines of poetry. A sophisticated gentry-educated scholarâs frame of reference... Except where Xue Yang is concerned, where he allows himself to be quite crass - delinquent, snake, beast, monster.
There is a beautiful inverted parallel in how Xue Yang and Song Lan each relate to Xiao Xingchen - or perhaps how he relates to them. With Song Lan, the trust is absolute, but he yearns for something more, a physical connection, and while the first few kisses have been awesome, he wants a lot more. He is extremely touch-starved, and probably wishes they would escalate that aspect of their relationship a lot faster than Song Lan is willing/capable of doing. Meanwhile he has had a very physical relationship with Chengmei/Xue Yang, and itâs an outright itch sometimes, that he canât allow himself to get the touch and physical closeness he needs from there. Because there the opposite is true - itâs the trust thatâs missing, and that is very, very slow to rebuild.
Poor Xiao Xingchen. He is very frustrated. X3
Other than that... there is actually quite a bit of subtle hints baked in here and there that I think will make more sense on a second read-through, just bits and flashes of character angles that click better once more facts are presented. To some extent, the Kuizhou-chapter reads like that, making Xue Yangâs bizarre behaviour click into place for Xiao Xingchen once he realizes where they are and what that means. Thereâs more of those, but itâs hard to give examples without spoilers, especially since most ârevealâ chapters havenât been written yet.
Also a few things mentioned in passing that will pop up again - quite a lot of people called it on the apple from Tanzhou, which made another appearance in a later chapter and that Iâve confirmed in asks here on tumblr that Xue Yang still carries with him.
At the moment, the relationship Iâm having the most fun with is Xue Yang and Song Lan learning to play nice. Which is, understandably, quite a mess. But they are slowly getting there - the upcoming stretch of chapters has quite a bit of character development and relationship development all around. Things are - for the moment - improving. Ish. Mostly. Sometimes. â„
Thank you so much for asking! :D
16 notes
·
View notes
Note
What are your thoughts on Jaime x Cersei, Jaime x Brienne, Tyrion x Tysha, George x Isabel, and Henry VIII x Anne Boleyn? (Sorry for the long list!)
Glad to see someone else feeling charitable and letting me vent my unsolicited opinions đ. Saved the George x Isabel for the last cause Iâm sure it will be the longest lmao!
Asked Via: Send me a ship and I'll give you my (brutally) honest opinion on it: https://lady-plantagenet.tumblr.com/post/627331607624302592/send-me-a-ship-and-ill-give-you-my-brutally
Jaime x Cersei: Despite itâs fundamental flaws, it is... titillating to read. The idea of people falling in love with their own other-gender counterpart is twisted yet so intriguing. I must confess that I am not as disgusted by incest as most people, so bear that in mind. The thing is, Cersei is definitely a narcissist with a lot of internalised misogyny and this ship just feels so justified to her character.
The issue is, and as the books go on, it becomes quickly clear that Jaimeâs love is not as deep and as his appearance changes, and they no longer look identical Cerseiâs own mental image, Cerseiâs love also wanes and then youâre hit with how shallow it was. So I ship these two... but I also donât because theyâre toxic? Honestly, book-wise I am intrigued to see what will happen, if they end up together... or they donât... either way Iâm sure it will be quite a ride. You see, Iâm not emotionally invested.
Jaime x Brienne: Oh the Sapphires... Obviously anyone who cares for Jaimeâs wellbeing would want him to end up with Brienne as opposed to Cersei. I read this interesting theory recently on how these two donât actually love each other but confuse their strong platonic feelings of affection for romance. You see, thatâs also an interesting take as both characters are quite bereft off opposite gender friendships.
However, I strongly ship them romantically as well, Book!Brienne (hey show as well!) is truly admirable because based on her choice in men e.g. Renly, you can see how she had still not given up on her maidenly fantasies and I just love her for that, because true love isnât something to which only pretty women are entitled. She in many ways represents salvation for him as she being a true knight in spite of her gender, can veer him back into the path of chivalry. He is most chivalrous around her, I mean, not only because her good conduct influences but also because he performs some of the most knightly deeds by cause of her e.g. rescuing her from the bear pit. I like this ship, itâs a good trope subversion.
Tyrion x Tysha: I find this one of the more heartbreaking ships of ASOIAF, because to me it represents Tyrionâs loss of innocence.
She is a haunting figure because of how small remnants of her memory were enough to pull Tyrion into the toxic relationship he had with Shae e.g. she too hard dark hair and there was music around when he met her. Its one of those weird (as @omgellendean put it in her brutally honest ask tag answer - a character who consists of only a name), but unlike Ashara Dayne, she is not idealised and given this over-the-top tragic story. So this elusive Tysha is an entity by what she symbolises: foregone youth and a sweetness that has no place in the ASOIAF universe.
Henry VIII x Anne Boleyn: As I said in my last ask. I cannot tolerate the romanticisation of infidelity, and that is especially when the maleâs spouse is a wonderful woman fit for him and has done nothing wrong. I donât have strong feelings against Anne Boleyn herself, as I prefer to see her as âAnne the Educated and Sophisticated Reformerâ as opposed to âAnne the Seductressâ. Ugh let me just say... rule of thumb for whether itâs a good pair: Do thousands have to die for your selfish desire to be together? Yes? Then probably not meant to be. Just a thought.
I think Anne knew her own mind and I like to think her strong beliefs influenced her decision to breach this marriage (no I didnât think she was her fatherâs pawn gah Iâm sick of that term), but they were ultimately unsuited in everything and it was a passion brought about by Henryâs caprice. My heart breaks when I think on how Anne could have been happily married to Henry Percy. Iâm also tried of this whole âmaster manipulator of menâs heartsâ reputation Anne is getting. You do realise refusing to be a mistress was not being a tease as much as it was just being a conventionally virtuous woman..? The girl knew her worth.
George x Isabel: Oh god. I promise to not start writing an essay. As weird as it is to ship dead people, they are my OTP, the main characters of my main historyfanfic, and frankly the most unsung couple of TWOTR. The fact that there are no records of letters or any particularly over-the-top romantic gestures by either of them, just intrigues me more because it was very much a relationship defined in subtle deeds. If you peruse the more academic TWOTR literature you can see all the fine but conclusive evidences of a devoted relationship: He posthumously enrolled her in a guild when he stayed there with his children (months after she died), he was buried together with her and her ancestors not his, how during 1470 he sent her to Exeter for her safekeeping while her mother and sister remained at Warwick and when a siege broke out he (and his father-in-law) immediately rode south to lift it and the amount of expenses and care he put into her funeral. Not to mention, the hassle it took for them to get married: years of trying to get a dispensation underneath the kingâs nose culminating in them having to cross the channel.
The thing is, it had a lot of politics behind it and to be honest I donât find that less romantic. It was one right for both of them: for the wealthiest heiress in England and the handsome younger brother and heir of King Edward - truly no one else would do for any of them. One of the things that grabs me is the medievalness of it all, how they were bound together by what was essentially a plan to reverse the countryâs inevitable transition out of âbastard feudalismâ. You also get a sense of how this marriage despite the ultimate failure of its purpose (to make George King) brought George the chance to establish himself as a major magnate through his wifeâs lands which ultimately became his main source of power as opposed to his royal status. The relative peace that ensued after 1472 shows that his status as Warwickâs political heir (as Christine Carpenter put it) did something to placate the disapointment of not becoming king. So the way I see it, Isabelâs death took from him any of the satisfaction and peace she brought with her lands and persona as he once again reverted to his old (even more than before) reckless self. Not to mention the people he executed after her death in his grief believe in her to have been poisoned (most historians believe thatâs unlikely).
Aside from that, in a society where pretty much everyone strayed (even Anthony Woodville had a bastard daughter), it is quite heart-warming how the man known for his treachery, happened to be one of the only ones loyal to his wife: no bastards or women were ever linked to his name not even in rumour. As for Isabel, she is quite a shadowy figure but you get the sense she was intelligent because of the care her father took in preparing her as his heir, because of her wealth you get this sense of majesty and significance about her. The two times we can deduce anything about her personality is a true supporter of her husband: once, when deciding to treat with the Yorks behind her fatherâs back to reconcile George to them, second, remaining steadfast to George when he tried to squirrel her sister Anne out of her inheritance. Based on the homage she paid to her ancestors, she seems proud of her ancestry so itâs quite intriguing to think why she made the aforementioned two choices, endangering her father and sister in favour of her husband. And oh god Iâm rambling, I can say even more if you can believe it but I shall stop. Overall, one might think Iâm wishful thinking but frankly Anne and Richard are touted as star-crossed lovers all the time and with even littler evidence to support it (not that I donât ship them, I do). I might be subjective, but the story of George and Isabelâs life is just so compelling...
#đ·â€ïž#thank you for asking darling#I know you were being nice about the last one and giving me an oppportunity to gush đ#if anyone has anything to say to my rambles feel free to send an ask#or hell if anyone else wants to send me other ships#cersei lannister#jaime lannister#cersei x jaime#brienne of tarth#jaime x brienne#tyrion lannister#tysha#tyrion x tysha#anne boleyn#henry viii#henry viii x anne boleyn#george of clarence#george duke of clarence#isabel neville#gisabel#george x isabel
28 notes
·
View notes
Text
01 | Over the Moon
â next chapter
â summary: You feel isolated in the vast American country with no one but your older brother and your six rowdy friends to keep you company. But when they disappear without a trace, you're left with nothing. Nothing until you become dragged into the world of the mob. The mafia world promises glory, fame and big bucks. But that comes with backstabbing, pain, regret and vengeance behind the veils. You're not ready for that alone. Are you?
â genre: 85% angst, 15% fluff | mafia!au
â warnings: profanity, death, graphic depictions of murder/torture, mourning, drinking
â wordcount: 11.6k
The whiteness of the room is blinding. The lights above are almost excruciating. But most of all, the silence is deafening. As if there's nothing alive and breathing in the room.
But there is.
The only visible signs of life are six men dressed clad in shades ranging from deep blue to black. They are standing completely motionless, but their faces are contorted with all kinds of emotions. Their expressions speak in anger, frustration and exasperation.
Some of them are panting quietly for breathâsounds that can only be heard if you have a sharp hearing. Others have perspiration dripping down their browsânone of them make a move to wipe it off. All are stiff in stance, glaring at one another through their cold, unnerving eyes.
There's no doubt about itâtension is in the air.
One man shifts his weight from his left foot to right. He clears his throat, straightening out his crisp, black suit in the process. "That's enough."
The tension is sliced in half. Chaos chases out the silence.
"What do you mean it's enough? I stand by my original opinion, and I'm not allowing the rest of you to distort it in any way."
"But it is enough, Namjoon. Sit down, will you? All of you."
There's the loud rustling of the men's slacks as they obediently take their seats. One man stays standing; he radiates power and dominance in his aura, staring down at those seated below him.
"I still don't think it's right, Boss," Namjoon tries again. "He wouldn't have wanted this at all." Namjoon wipes the excess sweat off his brow, shaking his head in disdain. He's in the spotlight, daring to voice his thoughts. "Granted, he wouldn't have wanted to die either, but look how things turned out."
"You're wrong, Namjoon," another man scoffs. He crosses his legs and glares at Namjoon. "He did want it. He said it in his goddamn will! Stop arguing with Jin, because frankly, he's the boss, not you!"
"Calm down, Hoseok," Seokjin sighs, shifting his weight on his other foot. "You are to address your superiors by their titles..." he trails off, brows furrowing as he becomes immersed in his thoughts.
"Fine," Hoseok huffs. "Underboss, I frankly think it's right to follow the exact words of his will. Why would he bother to write a will if we don't even heed to it?"
"Hoseok," Namjoon groans in frustration, "we need to interpret the will accordingly. I just don't think taking things too literally will help us. Yoongi? Some help here."
The man who had been leaning back casually in his chair coughs in surprise. "You were doing just fine," he mutters. "I think the underboss is right," Yoongi sighs. "We need to be pragmatic about thisâ"
"You and your fucking pragmatics," Hoseok spits out. "Let's face it. You two are the only ones with different opinions. Majority rules."
Yoongi doesn't answer. He suddenly takes a disinterest in the conversation and sinks back into his seat, refusing to speak. Namjoon takes the action as a sign to start his defense. "Jungkook and Taehyung barely count," he scoffs. "Jungkook follows everything Taehyung does and Taehyung follows everything the boss saysâ"
"Hey!" Taehyung yells, suddenly standing up from his seat. "You trying to call me and JK fucking backboneless?"
"I still think our opinions matter..." Jungkook frowns. "Boss?" He looks toward Seokjin for help, but Jin doesn't answer, lost in his own thoughts.
"I'm just saying what we're trying to do is obviously wrong," Namjoon argues.
"And you call yourself a lawyer?" Taehyung laughs scornfully. "Don't you think it's too fucking late to say what's right or wrong?"
"Show some respect to your underboss," Yoongi scolds. "And it's funny you're trying to talk morals, Taehyung. Need I remind you of your own sadistic antics?"
"Fuck you!"
"Let's not be so vulgar," Yoongi retorts.
"You know what? In the end, it's up to the boss to make the executive decision," Namjoon says, quirking his brow at an obviously fuming Hoseok and Taehyung. "So I suggest we all shut up and listen."
All eyes are on Seokjin, now, waiting for him to say something, anything. The man sighs, finally sitting down at his seat. He scans the eyes of the other men in the room, his own eyes cold and calculating.
"I say majority's right, this time," Seokjin declares. "We're down one man, morale is low and we need to fill the gap. If she's smart enough... as smart as him, we'll be in good hands."
"And if she isn't? We're putting a lot at risk," Namjoon says.
"The only risk we're putting in is the detrimental effect it'll have on your mentality," Jin replies. "You don't want her here because she'll remind you of him. You can't bear to have anyone that reminds you of him walking around our halls. I understand and respect that, Joonâ" he takes a small breath "âbut we need her help... As much as she needs our help."
"And how do you know she needs our help?" Yoongi challenges.
"Her brother's dead, and she doesn't even know."
Unemployment is the best and worst thing that's ever happened to you. Sure, you have no idea how you're going to spark the start of your career or how you're going to explain to your parents why your economics degree isn't paying off student debt. But you also have all the time in the world. All the time in the world to binge-watch your favorite TV shows, that is.
If your parents were here, you'd probably hear an earful from them. The "why can't you be more like your older brother?" type of shit. But the thing is, jokes on them, your brother's literally been MIA for a good six years now.
In fact, you've been covering for his poor ass ever since he decided to drop out of his prestigious college. (Which your parents still have yet to find out about.)
But you suspect they might never find out. First off, your parents are more than 6,000 miles away from you and your brother, so the only earful you get from them is on the phone. Second, they're calling less and less these days. Ever since you and your brother turned eighteen, they've been more lenient, suspecting both of you were CEO's of prospering law firms or hospitals. Third, you're a nasty good liar, something your brother had taught you very well.
You kind of miss him. He's the only blood relative you have in this country, anyway. Your parents are 6,563 miles away in South Korea, while you're stuck in the oh-so-jolly United States of America with your brother.
Then again, he was supposed to protect you, to care for you, ever since he and you had moved to California with your parent's best wishes for both of you to strive for a spectacular education. But to give him a bit of credit, your brother had been by your side since you were in seventh grade to your senior year in high school. And to give him even more (possibly undeserving) credit, he'd helpfully guided your hormonal thirteen-year-old self into the delights of American society when he was only fourteen, himself.
But he ditched you nevertheless, and you're all alone.
Well, you weren't completely alone, you suppose. Sure, your host family was okay, but they had never understood the perils of your teenage angst like your brother had. And besides, it's nearly been six years since you've moved out of your host family's home. You're truly alone now. With no one but sweet Netflix to solace you and coax you to wake up to a new day.
You and your brother are probably the biggest disappointments to your parents, ever. Technically, this time, your brother's the bigger disappointment (for once) because at least you got your master's degree in economics. Your brother never even showed up to his first college class.
God knows where the fuck that man is.
Sure, he always sends you ungodly amounts of money every monthâyou suspect he's made himself a goddamn CEO of some obscure companyâbut you would very much rather have his presence than his money.
As much as you're bitter from his unexplained absence in your life, you still desperately want to be in contact again. And he did help you find your passion for economics in the first place.
It's funny because you always thought your brother would hit it big and become some world-wide famous brain surgeon; he'd always been the smarter one of the two of you. Well, your brother was smart, but he definitely wasn't smart enough to control his stupid infatuation with the mafia. And once your brother becomes passionate, there's no fucking way out.
The last you remember, he had been conducting intense research about the most notorious mafia bosses of the 1900s. One time, he'd made you memorize all the positions in the original Italian mafiaâyou'd given up after he tried to make you spell out 'consigliere.' Another time, between the summer of his high school junior year and senior year, he'd tried to convince your host family to fund his âeducational, enlightening and beneficial' trip to Sicily, where 'the original mafia was founded.' â His words, not yours.
He was insane, that brother of yours.
The worst part was that somehow he'd managed to find friends that would help fuel his idiotic passion for the mafia. Damn his excellent social skills (that you very much lack). Honestly, if you had his brain, you would've definitely not wasted it on researching deadly gangs.
But his friends became your friends and that was that. Except they had all left you in pursuit of something that definitely wasn't education.
At this point, you wouldn't be surprised if your brother disappeared only to continue his crazed mafia research with his best friends. Maybe he's lying undercover somewhere like the total goof that he is, trying to sniff out LA's most notorious criminal gangs. It's a thought that makes you scoff every time.
He should be twenty-four right now, just a year older than you. He should still be in school, getting the proper education you and your parents expected him to get. But noooo, he just had to go off to do his own thing. And now you're left to make excuses for him on the phone.
Last week was your mother's birthday, and when she asked you where the hell your brother was, you had to make up some intricate lie that he had to attend a doctor conference.
Whatever. At least that dumb bastard sends you a generous monthly allowance. You have better problems than to scrounge around looking for your brotherâwho, you may politely add, is a grown-ass man.
You're twenty-three, unemployed, single as fuck and lost in this vast nation of supposed opportunity. You need to find out what to do with yourself first before looking for your brother. In fact, you should probably stop watching Netflix this instant.
You should probably get dressed and get out there to greet the world with your unemployed status in hopes of landing a stable job your parents would approve of.
And so, as a woman of your word, you do just that.
You're in the middle of looking for your purse when someone knocks on the flimsy door to your apartment.
Weird. You don't usually get visitors.
Ditching the effort to find your purse, you stumble over to the door, trying to peek out of a small hole you've been telling yourself you had to fix for the past three months. But that attempt is futile. The hole that you had always convinced yourself was noticeably large was obviously not large enough for you to discern anything on the other side of that damn door.
You sigh. If it's some murderer out in the middle of the day ready to stab me to death, at least I won't have to pay off my damned student debt.
But you digress. When you open the door, to your slight disappointment, you don't see a murderer. In fact, you see two peopleâtwo vaguely familiar people.
"Jungkook? Taehyung?"
"Hey, Y/N," Taehyung smiles.
"Hi." Jungkook waves shyly from behind his friend.
You stare at them, shellshocked and frozen. You haven't seen Jungkook and Taehyung since your brother decided to jump out of your life. They are the subject of vague memories of laughter and good times shared that you'd pushed to the back of your mind as time passed.
You figured Jimin's decision to quit college had something to do with his friends. And now here they were.
"Is Jimin with you?" you ask, unamused and definitely not returning the friendly smiles.
"Ah, that would be a no... Well, as of now, no, at least." Taehyung shrugs. "We've actually been looking for you."
"Oh?" You raise your eyebrows. "Really? Because I've been looking for you. Well, not you, but um my brother actually. Park Jimin? I hope you've heard of him."
Jungkook chuckles softly. "Haven't changed much, huh?"
"I guess." You cock your head, brows furrowing as you think. "So... do you want to come in?"
"Sure!" Taehyung grins, marching right into your humble abode with Jungkook right by his heels. "Nice place, by the way," he comments, looking around at your rather neatly organized living room.
"Thanks," you mutter, closing the door. Taehyung and Jungkook have already made themselves at home on your couch. "So... did my brother set you up to do this? He usually sends letters when he mails me the monthly allowance, but that lazy ass hasn't even been doing that these days... Is he busy?"
Taehyung chuckles, shaking his head. "Jumping right to the chase, huh? Not even a hello? Or a 'how are you doing, Taehyung?' C'mon, don't you miss us? We hung out a lot as kids, remember? The whole lot of us. Right, JK?"
"Right, Tae."
You let out an exasperated sigh. "All of you left me."
"We're sorry," Jungkook replies almost immediately. "We didn't mean to ditch you or anything..."
"Yeah? Well, that's exactly what you did," you say. "Just... Where the fuck is Jimin?"
"Damn since when did you fucking cuss?" Taehyung snorts and not to mention totally ignores your question. "Has it really been that long?"
"Answer my question, Kim Taehyung."
The man raises his eyebrows but speaks. "He's not here, Y/N," Taehyung sighs. "Um... but, it looks like you're doing fine without him, you know? Lookin' good." He grins goofily, saluting to you, but you're unamused yet again.
"Why are you guys even here? I honestly could've sworn you were dead just by how MIA you were."
"Ah... that's..." Jungkook looks down at his feet.
"It's about Jimin, actually," Taehyung blurts out, standing up.
"Oh, lord," you mumble. "What kind of trouble is he in, this time? Do I need to bail him out of jail?"
"Listen," Taehyung says. He stands up, his previous silly demeanor replaced with a serious one. "We... Well, you have to come with us."
You raise an eyebrow. "Just because I was friends with you six years prior doesn't mean I'll spontaneously follow you to wherever."
"But Jimin's waiting for you!" Taehyung exclaims. "Don't you want to see your brother?"
"Well, of course... butâ"
"Listen, sweetheart," Taehyung sighs. "Youâ"
"No, YOU, listen," you interject, raising up your hand. "You can't just expect me to waltz back into my brother's life again. He... well, all of you, ditched me for a reason. I don't know what happened for all of you to change your minds but..." You sigh. "Besides, if Jimin's waiting for me, why didn't he come himself?"
"He's not in the best condition, you know? He's gone down with some cold, and we don't want him to get worse now, do we?" Taehyung says. "We know it's been six years, Y/N. Don't you think that's all the more reason to come visit us? We've missed you, after all."
"Just one, small, quick trip to our house," Jungkook says, fidgeting with his hands. "You'll meet everyone else there! It'll be like a reunion."
You blow air out through your nose. "Like the old days," you mumble.
"Like the old days!" Taehyung exclaims.
"Jimin's not in the best condition, huh? He was always so susceptible to the weakest of viruses," you shake your head. "And you guys have been living together without me? Some kind of family."
"We didn't want to bother your studies," Jungkook says. "Jimin, Taehyung and I all dropped out of college, and Jimin didn't want to become a bad influence on you."
"Right..." you say, eyebrows crinkling in thought.
"But you've graduated, right?" Taehyung asks.
"Right."
"So come and visit us!"
You tilt your head sideways, staring into Jungkook and Taehyung's eyes until Jungkook looks away. You and Taehyung have the longest staring contest before you blink first. "I'm not going to contract whatever Jimin has, right?"
Taehyung grins. "I hope not."
"Fine." You sigh, rubbing your forehead. It can't hurt to visit your long lost brother. Maybe you can give him an earful and convince him to contact your parents. Maybe you can convince him to stop pushing you away? "I'll go."
Jungkook and Taehyung look as genuine as they did back when you had been close friends with them. And besides, if they wanted to murder you for whatever reason, they would've already done it. So you shrug and walk towards the front door. The purse you'd been looking for catches your eye; it had been wedged between some dirty old shoes. Picking it up, you turn to Jungkook and Taehyung. "We're not going to walk, are we?"
"Of course not," Taehyung snorts, catching up to you and opening the door for you as you walk out. "See that car over there? The nice, red sports car?"
"Yeah, is yours the minivan behind it?" you genuinely ask.
Jungkook giggles. "Actually, the red sports car is ours."
"What?" you deadpan. Dropped out of college, my ass.
"Well..." Taehyung snorts, helping you down your own steps. You protest by swatting his hand away, but he insists and persists. "Namjoon, Jin, Hoseok and Yoongi make the big bucks."
"Really?"
Jungkook opens the shotgun car door for you. "Yeah! Here, you can take the shotgun seat while Taehyung drives it responsibly back. No speeding, there's a lady present."
You snort, sliding into the nice leather seat. "Thanks."
"No problem," Taehyung grins, making himself comfortable in his own driver's seat as Jungkook takes the back for himself. "It'll be a forty-minute drive, so we better get all comfortable here."
"Um, yeah. I can think of several questions on the spot," you say, strapping yourself in just in time before Taehyung speeds off.
"Ask away!" Taehyung chirps.
"First off, what on earth do you guys do to afford this kind of car? Shouldn't some of you be drowning in student debt?"
"Namjoon's a lawyer," Jungkook pipes in. "Hoseok's a surgeon, Yoongi's an anesthesiologist and Jin's a head chef at some famous place he owns."
"Talk about successful..." you trail off. "What about everyone else?"
"Eh, school's disgusting," Taehyung chuckles. "I'm a waiter at Seokjin's restaurant and JK here's a cop."
"But that's better than being unemployed, though," you sigh. "What's Jimin been up to?"
"He's a bartender," Taehyung says. "Got pretty damn good at it too."
"Bartending, huh? Never really thought he'd be into that. Last time I saw him, he was obsessed with the mafia. Guess it's bartending now, huh?"
Jungkook laughs. "Yeah, I guess."
The conversation flows nicely after that. You ask question after question and Jungkook and Taehyung give you answer after answer. And by the end of the forty-minute drive, it's as if they never left you. You had been the closest to them in your childhood, anyway. You almost forgot how good it feels to have quality talks with your childhood friends. In fact, you kinda forgot what it's like to have a friend, so this was a nice change.
"Hey, we're here," Taehyung smiles. "Home sweet home."
"We're in front of a wall," you deadpan as Jungkook snickers in the backseat.
"It's a gate, silly," Taehyung snorts. "Just gotta punch in a code..." His fingers move lightning fast across a keypad, and suddenly the wall is separating, creating a small space for the fancy car to drive right through.
Your mouth drops open when you see the house, er, mansion, that's before you. "That's your house?"
"Home sweet home," Taehyung chuckles. He parks the car in front of the elaborate steps that lead to a large, white door. "Hold on," he tells you as he hurriedly gets out only to open the car door for you on the other side.
"Thanks." You get out of the car, unable to take your eyes off of the beautiful mansion. "I've been missing out..."
"You have," Jungkook grins teasingly.
"C'mon, everyone's waiting inside!" Taehyung calls from the top step. God knows when he'd sprinted up those stairs.
A sudden wave of relief crashes over you. It's been six years. Six fucking years. Now you can finally see your brother. You don't like to admit it. You rarely end up admitting it. In fact, you don't think you've ever admitted it.
But you look up to your older brother with all your heart. And you're more than elated to see him again for the first time in half a dozen years.
The moment Taehyung opens the grand, wide doors to the even more grandiose mansion, you sprint in without a moment of hesitation.
You're greeted by white marble floors, a crystal chandelier and an occupied glass dining table. Four familiar faces stare at your excited self. They've grown. The boys you practically grew up with, that is. Their faces becoming sharper, highlighting their features and their once wide, childish eyes, squinted and emotionless... Something about the way they sit elegantly on the dining chairs sets you off. And you can't really pinpoint what.
There's Seokjin with a new hairstyle that makes him look like a rich billionaire (and judging by the mansion you might even be right on your judgment). Then there's Namjoon who's lost all of his baby fat, his eyebrows creased slightly and his legs crossed casually. Hoseok's dressed to the nines, gold rings encompassing his fingers. Even Yoongi too... The kid who had used to be shy and awkward looks like he could murder a man with his gaze alone.
Your smile drops as you realize the person you wanted to see the most is missing from the mix.
"Where's Jimin? Is he in bed?"
Hoseok gives you a strange look before turning to Taehyung. "What did you tell her?"
That one little question makes your heart drop. You should've known Taehyung spits out lies easier than he blinks. You should've called him out on his bullshit the moment you had doubts.
Jungkook gives you a nervous look before he pushes out one of the dining chairs for you. You frown, looking between Jungkook and the chair incredulously.
"Please, Y/N, it's been a while. Sit down, make yourself comfortable," Seokjin soothes. "Everything will make sense soon." He gestures for you to take the empty chair, which was conveniently placed between his seat and Namjoon's.
You raise your eyebrows. "Jin? What...? What's going on? Joon?" you question, turning your eyes to the man who had known your brother the best. Namjoon averts his eyes, leaving you stranded in your own confusion.
"You didn't tell her anything?" Yoongi sighs. "The truth, I mean?"
"Why would we?" Taehyung defends sharply. But when Hoseok glares daggers into his head, Taehyung looks down at his feet.
It chills your blood to see your old-time friends like this. Cold, distant... serious. When you were younger, there wasn't a hint of tension at all between the eight of you. Now tension is all you see.
"Jungkook, fetch the document, please," Jin sighs, running a hand through his otherwise well-combed hair. "How have you been, Y/N? Getting by? Jimin always made sure to send you some money..." he trails off, giving you a small smile.
You watch as Jungkook scampers off, like a dog with his tail between his legs. Something just wasn't right.
"Y/N?" Jin asks, softly.
"Taehyung said Jimin's sick," you stupidly say. "I hope you guys haven't been condoning him to get in trouble."
"Not even a 'hello,'" Jin chuckles.
"Where is he?" you demand. You're getting a bad gut feeling and your eyes fleetingly glance at the doors behind you.
Jin notices your hesitation, smiling at you warmly. "Hey... hey, I'm still the same Seokjin you knew... You're safe here, Y/N."
"What do you mean, safe?" you accuse. "Are you implying that I wasn't safe before?"
"You sure ask a lot of questions," Hoseok snorts.
"Let the girl ask. She's confused, can't you see?" Namjoon bites back. "Things will make sense in a bit, all right?"
"Why doesn't it make sense now?"
Jin smiles patiently. "You see... it's a bit... complicated, Y/N. But we promise you, you'll be safe."
"Safe from what? Is Jimin that sick? Is he in the hospital? Shouldn't we go there right nâ"
A document falls on the table, right in front of your seat, shutting you up. You freeze when you catch sight of the text.
"What is this?" you ask in a tiny voice as your body suddenly becomes cold. You laugh nervously and with shaky hands, you bring the document closer to you to inspect it. To see if your eyes weren't fooling you. "You're pulling my leg. This isn't what I think it is."
"Oh but it is," Hoseok sighs.
"Shut up," Namjoon commands. "Y/N... I'm sorry."
"W-What do you mean?" you breathe. "You expect me to believe this? This is bullshit. What do you mean you're sorry?"
Deny it. That's it. Be in denial. There can't be one single reason that that's true.
But the letters don't lie. You can't look away from the writing in a large, clear font, scrawled across the very top of the document. Last Will & Testament of Park Jimin.
Someone puts a warm hand on your shoulder, trying to comfort you. "Please, read the will first," Jin says. "We'll explain everything. I'm sorry, Y/N. We all are..."
You clear your obviously dry throat. "No," you say as clearly as you can though you notice the hesitation and inconsistency in your voice. "You can't expect me to believe this. If you're going to play games with me, I'll get going. I didn't come here for a prank. I actually came here to see my brother."
You're about to push your chair away to stand up, but someone places a hand on the back of it, obstructing you from leaving. You look up to glare at this rude someone only to see Jungkook. He gives you an apologetic glance before moving to block your view to the entrance entirely.
"Let me go," you say through gritted teeth.
Seokjin shakes his head before looking you dead in the eyes. "Y/N... We're sorry."
You scoff, shaking your head. "Sorry that you don't know where my brother is too? You didn't have to cover it with his fake death."
"Are you stupid? You must be an idiot!" Hoseok sighs in exasperation. He taps his fingers impatiently on the table. "I'm done playing with your denial game. Face it. Your brother's dead, Y/N. Read his goddamn will before I lose my patience and read it out for you."
You stare blankly at Hoseok. "Dead?"
"Hoseok," Seokjin warns. "Y/N... I know you may have your doubts, but you have to trust us. That document... Jimin would've wanted you to read it."
"Stop," you command. The room spins and frankly, you feel a bit sick. "Stop acting like he's already dead. There's just... there's no way. He's twenty-four! He can't be dead now." You run your hands through your hair, feeling distressed and out of your mind. "He never even said goodbye to me..." you mutter. "He would've said goodbye." You shake your head. Tears that you didn't even know were there start to drip down your face. "I don't believe any of this."
"We can show you the body if you'd like," Hoseok shrugs. "But we don't want to do that now, do we?"
"You're serious."
"We wish we weren't, Y/N... We're sorry," Jin says. And he does look really apologetic. "Please... just read the will, and I promise I'll explain the rest to the best of my ability."
You're completely shell-shocked to silence.
There's no way he's dead. If he had been terminal or something, he would've said... He should've said something in his letters. It's not possible. I haven't seen him in person for six years. It can't end like that. And to hear this from his best friends?
Taehyung puts a comforting hand on your shoulder, tugging the will closer to you. He slowly picks it up, helping you grip onto the single piece of paper. At that moment, you come so close to ripping it apart to shreds. That damn will was the only solid proof you had of your brother's death. No will? No death.
But you know things don't work as linearly as that.
"You might have doubts, Y/N. And I understand," Seokjin soothes. "I know how hard it is to be on the receiving end of news like this. And I get that you haven't seen Jimin in years. You might even feel like you can't feel a difference when he was alive and when he's gone... I know that might scare you at the moment. And I know that's pushing you into denial, Y/N. But we brought you here for a reason... So, please. Give us another chance and read the will. Your brother would've wanted that. Most of what's on there is for you, anyway."
You feel numb. And you hate it. You hate that Seokjin's right. Jimin could've died a year ago, and you wouldn't have known; you wouldn't have felt a difference. Apparently, Jimin's dead now, and you still can't seem to bring yourself to fall to the floor and grieve like you mean it. You just feel twisted inside. Like you drank a glass of spoiled milk. But you can't seem to grasp the concept of your brother's apparent death. How can you when he was basically dead to you for six years? What difference did it make? He never contacted you anyway. If he really was dead, you wouldn't feel a difference at all.
God. You hate yourself for thinking about these things.
At this point, the sad, confused, frustrated and angry tears blind your vision, but you're able to make out the image of someone reaching across the table to hand you a tissue. You accept it gladly, wiping the tears with the best of your ability. Looking up, you see Yoongi, his stare completely blank and his hands holding out the tissue box for you. "Thank you..." you whisper, taking a deep breath to steady yourself.
Then you finally let your eyes gravitate to the document. You've been gripping it so hard with your sweaty, shaky hands that the once clean, straight paper is slightly crumpled and damp. But that's the least of your problems.
Besides the printed title, the rest of the will is even in his handwriting. The scrawl is neat and in slight cursiveâyou can recognize Jimin's writing anywhere.
Your wet eyes take in every word your brother etched onto the paper with black ink. It's strange to read something so solemn, so straightforward from your lively, passionate brother. The will isn't long, but you take the time to reread every sentence, mulling over every word.
It isn't much, actually. Just states who gets what... And it seems like you've inherited everything he owned. Which, contrary to the mansion he lived in, wasn't much.
Unreal. This whole situation feels like a nightmare. And maybe you are asleep, and your mind is playing your greatest worries against you? You're praying to wake up any second.
But you never wake up, and the nightmare drowns you deeper as you come across the next line in the will:
If, by somewhat likely chances, I was murdered, I trust that Kim Seokjin, Kim Namjoon, Min Yoongi, Jung Hoseok, Kim Taehyung and Jeon Jungkook will take care of Park Y/N in their home; if my death was through natural causes, the following men should quietly send Y/N her inheritance.
You reread the sentence again. Then again. And again. You pull the paper closer to your eyes, hands shaking as you do so.
Maybe I misread it. Maybe I...
But you hadn't misread it. The line stays the same as your eyes painfully cross it every time, a part of you breaking off and withering away by each glance.
You feel dull. Shocked, yes, but already numb. Your thoughts are a jumbled up mess. There are so many questions, but you can't make out coherent words. Such a shame... You usually always know what to say.
If... If my brother had died through 'natural causes,' which I'm guessing pertains to illnesses... then I wouldn't be here. I would've gotten my inheritance with no strings attached. The fact that I'm here... Murder? My brother thought it was a somewhat likely chance that he would be murdered??
It's so crazy that there's no way anyone would be making it up. You can feel the shadow of doubt limping away. And what's left makes you feel more vulnerable than ever. Being able to read that will too... It was like an eye-opener. A call to you that Jimin was really dead. Whether you believe it or not.
"You need explanations, huh?" Seokjin sighs, nodding. He puts a warm, comforting hand on top of yours, but you're so cold, so far gone, you can barely even feel it. "Hey, hey..." he says softly. "Y/N?"
You're nodding through tears. "I don't know what to believe," you finally admit in defeat. "I don't even know why I'm crying. I'm just confused."
"I'm sorry, Y/N. I understand. It's a lot to take in. And..." he hesitates. "It's going to be a lot more to take in as well..." He looks at you cautiously to see how you're coping. And you seem to be doing better than he had expected because he continues on. "I need you to listen to me very closely and not let doubt or denial of any sort to block me out, alright?"
Seokjin rubs soft circles into the back of your hand as you nod very slowly. Yoongi hands you another tissue. (Almost as if he was preparing you for a huge breakdown.)
"Listen, I'm going to be very frank," Jin says.
He's treading water, you notice.
"You've heard of the gangs around LA, right?"
You frown. "What?" That was the last thing you expected to come out of Seokjin's mouth. Though a bit bewildered, you nod. "Of course I have. The brutal murders, the shootings, the stupid territory fist fights..." You trail off when the realization hits you. "J-Jimin... He... He didn't mess with them, did he?"
Your heart sinks in your chest when Jin doesn't answer right away.
"He was always so obsessed with the mafia. He didn't just follow them and get in trouble, did he? He's not that stupid, right? Please, Jin, please say something. Tell me that isn't true." You sound pathetic even to yourself, but you can't help it.
Now it seems believable. It's entirely conceivable that your brother had been murdered by some malicious gang members for sticking his nose in their business. And you don't know what to make of this new information.
"Well," Jin sighs. He softly grabs your hand, and his warmth makes you feel just a little bit calmer. "It's partly true..."
"God," you groan, pulling your hands away from his and burying your face into them.
"We're in a gang, actually."
The spoken sentence shatters you. "Come again?"
"We're the mafia, Y/N. Your brother... all of us."
It sounds so preposterous, you almost scoff. But you don't. Jin had told you to trust him, and insanely enough, you were instinctively doing just that. Besides, the more you think about it, the more it makes sense. God, it explains so much. And the color drains from your face as everything clicks. That would explain the ungodly amounts of money Jimin had sent every month. That would explain the mansion. The crazy good jobs half of them are holding despite being so young. It would explain why your seven best friends had left youâprobably on Jimin's account because he definitely wouldn't have wanted you to be affected. It even explains why these six men in front of you aren't anything like the six boys you had spent your childhood with. Why they look so cold, ruthless... intimidating.
And you thought you were dragged here to see your brother. Ironic.
"How seriously are you involved?" you ask carefully.
"Seriously enough," Namjoon answers. "Seriously enough for it to kill your brother, that is."
You frown at that. "I feel obligated to believe all of this," you sigh. "I don't want to believe any of it tooâ"
"Do you really think we'd be lying?" Hoseok sighs.
"What else would you think?" you bite back. "I think I have every right to be incredulous at the moment."
"Of course you have every right to be 'incredulous,'" Hoseok says. "But you'd better save it for later. See, honey, we're the mafia. One of the many affluent gangs in this city, you understand? Two and a half days ago, your brother was murdered by an enemy gang member or two, and we have yet to figure out which gang and who in the gang..." He sighs deeply, raising an eyebrow at you. "We've recovered the body, but I don't think you'll recognize it anyway... That doesn't matter. What does is that your brother wants you to join us now that he's dead. Living in this house would mean your blood is with us."
You feel tipsy again. Dizzy. Nauseous. Numb.
"You ruined everything," Namjoon accuses, glaring at Hoseok.
You steady yourself by gripping the edge of your chair. "I think I need to leave," you finally say after a long pause.
Just walk away. Pretend as if nothing happened. Maybe in due time, you'll forget everything that had just unfolded in this room.
"Ohh, you wouldn't want to do that, sweetheart," Taehyung murmurs.
You raise a challenging eyebrow at him. "I can do what I want. Need I remind you that all of you kept me in the dark for years. And the moment you need me, you decide to call me over for whatever reason despite the fact that I don't want to be involved at all. And if all of this is true, that also means you let Jimin get murdered. I'm not going to join your gangâif it even exists. I'm out."
You force your chair back, nearly stepping on Jungkook's toes as you stumble away from the crystal table. Muttering a quick apology to the sad-looking man, you quickly turn on your heels before making a dash to the exit.
Just as you're about to heave the large doors open, a loud voice commands you to stop. And you do, just for a little while, meeting Hoseok's eyes. "I'm going to walk away like this never happened. I'd appreciate it if I'm never contacted again."
Hoseok scoffs. "Not a good choice. The moment you leave those doors and walk out of our territory, you're in danger. Do you really want to die as painfully as he did?"
"Hoseok..." Seokjin warns.
But Hoseok pays no mind, rolling his eyes. "It looks like they jumped him while he was unsuspecting."
You freeze.
"He had no weapons on him. We checked. Completely defenseless. They duct-taped his arms and legs together like a helpless animal so he couldn't move. Then, they beat him, crumpled up his body until bruises blossomed and bones broke. Pulled out a few fingernails and teeth. But slowly. One at a time. Managed to damage a few organs as well... Internal bleeding was pretty bad," Hoseok pauses, staring at you with a cold, hard look in his eyes. "Then they forced rubbing alcohol down his throat... and duct-taped his mouth shut."
Your legs shake so hard, they give out. Your body hits the cold, marble floor, but you don't feel the impact in your bones.
"And do you know how he died?" Hoseok says. "You would think from blood loss... or a concussion." He stares at you as if he were expecting you to nod your head and answer to a degree. When he realizes you're shocked frozen, he sighs. "Your brother asphyxiated in his own vomit. Had to examine it myself, actually. And Yoongi would tell you the exact same thing."
Now it seems too real.
The last image you have of your brother was when he was eighteen. And that's the image of Jimin you played in your head when Hoseok had painted the vivid pictures of your brother's murder. The innocent, passionate, caring person you'd known. Gone. Just like that. And in such a cruel, inhumane way.
It hurts in a way you've never hurt before.
"Y/N, you see?" Taehyung sighs. He walks over to you, holding out his hand to help you up. When you make no move to take it, he forces you up himself, carrying your frozen, shell-shocked body back to the dining table. He carefully places you back on the chair like you're a fragile doll and speaks, "Whoever killed him might be after you. Jimin's made quite a lot of enemies who would do anything to kill him and his family. And you're the only family he has in America."
"Your brother wants... wanted you to be safe. We want to respect that, Y/N..." Jin soothes. "For Jimin, don't you think?"
"For Jimin?" you whisper, shaking with fear, grief, anger. "For Jimin?!" The tears are drowning your face again. "You're going to use that against me? None of us knew what Jimin wanted! You can't just assume what anyone wants! He's dead! He's... dead. Only he would know what he wanted, but he's gone..." You sob, your fists shaking with overwhelming emotion. "I just miss him," you whisper. "Ah, thanks," you mutter quietly when Yoongi hands you the third tissue of the day.
"We all miss him," Jin says. "We also understand your grief, Y/N. We're not your enemies, alright? We're on your side, and we're here to help you. I know things seem dubious at the moment. I apologize but I'd like to stay true to Jimin's last wishes. The will speaks what he wants, and we're merely acting on that. But we won't force you to join our little gang...
"We want to give you time to make your final decisions while also keeping you safe in the meantime. You're welcome to stay while you decide. We're not horrible men, Y/N. We wouldn't force a resolution out of you if you're not in the right mental state."
"A-And if I walk out right now?" you challenge.
"That'll be beyond what we can handle. We can't promise your safety outside of our territory, Y/N... But yes, you may walk out right this second. No judgment, no troubles... from us, that is."
"I... I need time, Jin. I can't do this right now." Even to yourself, you sound defeated.
"Hey... It's alright. Here, I'll guide you to the room you'll stay in..."
God, they had it all planned out, didn't they?
You look at the magnificent doors behind you. And for just a split second, you contemplate leaving. But you can't. Not when these people are the only people left. With your brother gone, your parents, oh god, your parents, thousands of miles away... The only people you have left are your childhood friends.
Childhood friends that are apparently associated with the mafia. And you were incredulous in the beginning, but the more you watch how the six of them acted, how they carried themselves... You would be crazy not to believe they were in the mafia.
And as Jin places a comforting hand on the small of your back as he leads you to the room you'll be staying in for who knows how long, you can't help but wonder if Jimin, the sweet, caring and enthusiastic person you knew had changed like his friends.
The Jimin you knew wouldn't hurt a fly.
Now, you're not so sure.
The hallways of the mansion are elaborately decorated with aureate designs and classic paintings. The expensiveness of your surroundings makes you feel even more at unease. Are you making the right choice? Can you trust these six men? Is it too late to back away? Would your brother have wanted this?
A stranger to your panicked thoughts, Jin steadily guides you further into the mansion. Though the twists and turns of the hallways are confusing to you, he seems to know them quite well. Finally, he comes to a stop in front of a white door.
"Your room's on the other side, Y/N," Jin says, giving you a small smile. "There's no pressure at all deciding where you want to go. But in the meantime, I hope you can be comfortable here. If you need anything, ask Jungkook or Taehyung, alright?"
You nod, dumbly. "I can stay here as long as I want?"
"Until you make your decision," Jin says. "So, in a way, yes. You can stay here as long as it takes to make your decision."
You nod again, unable to come up with an answer of any sort. Jin notices your slight hesitation and puts a comforting arm on your shoulder.
"I know it's been a lot to take in, Y/N... And I'm personally sorry we didn't reach out to you beforehand... But it'll be like the old times, I promise."
"In the old times, we were a family," you mutter.
"We still are."
You make an unsatisfied grunt, shaking your head. "I don't think I was ever part of that family."
Gingerly, Jin turns you around to face him. Though you admit you're being a bit difficult at the moment (and rightfully so), he doesn't look frustrated at all. He crouches down, putting his hands on your shoulders, shaking his head and giving you a kind smile.
"You were always a part of the family, Y/N," Jin soothes. "But think of your alienation from us as an act of safety precaution. Believe me, the rest of us did want to tell you about our... involvement, but Jimin didn't want to put you in any danger. Especially when you were busy trying to follow the path to your career. And eventually, we all agreed with that reasoning. It's dangerous work as you may understand. You have to be completely set on involvement if you want to be a part of it. I know you're probably thinking why we would ask you to join if it's so hazardous... But at this point, it'd be more hazardous to let you go, and Jimin wouldn't have wanted that..." He trails off, checking your face as if to check your emotions. But you've managed to keep a stoic look, though internally, your emotions are a mess.
"I want to apologize for dragging you into this mess, Y/N," Jin sighs. "But back when we were teenagers... Lost and confused in a new country... Feeling and looking like aliens, we were together. We were a family. And now's the chance for us to reunite, don't you think? Jimin would be happy..."
You flinch at the mention of your brother's name. "I... I just..." You're at a loss of words, eyes turning wet with emotion. "Give me time, please," you manage to mutter. "I need time."
"Yeah," Jin says, softly. "Of course."
He lets go of your shoulders, giving you space as he steps back. "Jungkook will come later to escort you to dinner, but other than that, we'll try not to bother you..."
"I don't think I'll be hungry," you say. How could you? It'd be wrong to have an appetite at a moment like this. Your skin still crawls at the vivid descriptions of your brother's demise by Hoseok. With a final sympathetic look from Jin, you enter the room, closing the door behind you.
You take a few, uncertain steps in. The room has sort of a musty smell to it, though it looks well-cleaned and organized. Without a second thought, you push the light gray drapes aside to reveal a large window. You open it to breathe in the fresh air. It calms your insides much more than you expected it would.
With a newly rejuvenated mind, you take a few steps backward until you're situated in the middle of the rather commodious room, taking in your surroundings. But upon closer examination, your heart plummets.
This room...
You slowly slide to your knees, looking helplessly at the decorations on the walls, the pictures in the frames, the drawings, the polaroid photos...
A familiar face looks back at you, grinning happily. Inside that pictured photograph is a younger version of yourself. It's you and Jimin arm in arm. You remember that moment exactly. It had been on your fourteenth birthday. Jimin had gifted you a polaroid camera, which you had forced Seokjin to take a photo with.
Next to the wall of polaroid photos capturing sweet moments you shared with your brother and his six friends is a familiar drawing. It's the piece of artwork you drew when you were very young. Before you and Jimin had moved to America. It's a colorful marker drawing of the Park family. You had falsely drawn your older brother shorter than you because he had been annoying you that day. And at the time, Jimin had gotten pissed with your petty antics... But as years passed, you remember he cherished that piece of artwork. And now it had ended up in this place...
A broken sob escapes your trembling lips when you realize this is his room.
How cruel that they have placed you here. In a room that would bring back memories of him.
Or maybe they thought this would help. Maybe they thought you could connect with your dead brother again.
All you can feel is cold inside. The Park Jimin you had used to love and look up to might not be the same man who had lived in this room. He'd changed. And so had his friends.
But you still find yourself staring at the decorated wallsâtoo afraid to go and touch the photographs and paintings that hold so much memoryâyet not afraid enough to ignore them completely.
Recalling your childhood wasn't too bad. It'd been pretty great, actually. Well, aside from the fact that you didn't exactly have parents to guide you in your teenage years. It's scary how much of a presence Jimin and his friends have in your past. You'd celebrated every birthday with them. Went to every high school party with them. Had Sunday night movie marathons with them. You'd known them all almost like the back of your hand (maybe even better because you don't like to look at your hands).
Indulging in the past is therapeutic. Until you arrive at the present, that is. And the future becomes a mystery.
What the hell will you do without your brother? And if what Seokjin was saying was true... and you're actually at the risk of being brutally murdered, then wouldn't it be better to stay behind the safety of the walls that your 'friends' offered to provide you?
Your mind is jumbled up with all kinds of thoughts. When everything happens too fast, you have a hard time getting back on your feet. You need time. Time to think. Time to mull over the pros and cons. To dissect your thoughts completely before acting recklessly on them.
You're not too sure of what to think. But you are sure of a couple of things. Your brother really was dead. There was no lie behind that. You'd seen the will... his last wishes... his handwriting... heard of the graphic way he was killed... And some deep feeling inside you knows. Two and a half days ago, you'd felt shitty for no reason. Then, you had thought it was something you ate. But now, you realize maybe that had been the universe's fucked up way of signaling to you that your brother was struggling to hang on to his last seconds of life.
You're also sure that you're angry. Angry at whatever bastard that murdered Jimin. And if it had happened in a way that Hoseok had so vividly colored in your imagination, you wish his murderer would die as painfully as he did. Revenge. Maybe that's what you want.
But you can't take vengeance all by yourself. You're just some average Korean-American young adult who's trying to please her parents who are back in her home country. You need help. And Jin had offered you help...
Those six boys are all you have left in this vast country.
But they're dangerous, another part of you argues. They're actually part of the mafia.
Your mind takes you back to the moment when Hoseok had so blatantly told you how your brother had been killed. He hadn't even flinched as he spoke such gruesome details that had made your skin crawl and breaths quicken. In fact, none of the boys had looked truly sad about your brother's death.
You fist your hair in frustration. I don't know what to do. You stare blankly at the portrait photo of you and Jimin with the other boys. Maybe staring at the inanimate Jimin will give you answers...?
You have no idea how long you've been staring and thinking when there's a soft knock on your door. Though the sound is nothing close to a disturbing racket, it is still a rude awakening to your thoughts.
You clear your throat before answering, "Yes?"
"May I come in?"
You recognize that voice as Jungkook's. Soft, curious and intuitive. "Yeah, sure," you say, making sure to wipe the residue of your tears away.
You can feel his presence, though your back is turned to him. He seems cautious, watchful as he slowly walks towards you. Finally, you turn around to face him. "What are you here for?"
Jungkook laughs quietly. He takes his leisure as he closes the window, and the room suddenly feels warm again. "Don't want you catching a cold," he mumbles, glancing at you before smiling cordially. "I'm here to escort you to dinner."
Right. Jin had told you about this.
It looks like Jungkook had changed his clothes. A more casual wear consisting of gray sweatpants and a hoodie. He looks like any normal guy you could find in America. It chills you that he's involved in a gang. Looks deceive.
"I don't have much of an appetite. Sorry," you say unapologetically. "I haven't made a decision either if that's what you want me to mention." Jungkook seems taken aback by your candidness, but you shrug. "May I please be alone? I need time..."
"I wasn't going to mention your decision," Jungkook says. He looks a bit sad you turned him down, but he begins to leave the room. "Just thought you'd be hungry... It's been more than six hours since you've come here."
"I know," you say. "I'm not hungry, though. I'm fine."
Jungkook nods dejectedly, "Alright. Have a nice night." He gives you a semi-worried look before he saunters away, closing your door lightly.
You breathe a sigh of relief when he's gone, releasing the tension you hadn't even known had built up in your shoulders. Sighing, you slump onto the ground, staring up at the high ceiling of the room. Maybe if you just think in silence, you'll know what to do.
You lose yourself in your mind until another knock on the door startles you.
"Y/N?"
God. That's Seokjin, this time.
"I told you I'm not hungry, Jin. If that's what you're here for."
You hear the door open, but you continue to stare up at the ceiling.
"Oh, Y/N..." you hear Jin sigh. He crouches down next to you, and you can suddenly feel his warmth by your side. "You're not hungry because of shock. But you should eat. Skipping meals shouldn't become a habit."
"I dunno," you mumble, turning your head over to look at Seokjin. "There's a part of me that doesn't want to leave this room. You knew it was Jimin's, and you gave it to me."
"I thought it would help with your thoughts..." Jin says. He puts a reassuring hand on top of yours. "Remember those days when we were younger? I just hope recalling the memories helped a little."
"Can't say it didn't."
"Good, good..." Jin trails off.
You finally sit up, staring curiously at the man. "Don't you miss him? Why is everyone acting like they don't? Aren't you guys the ones that had spent the six years I couldn't with him?" You're not angry, just confused.
"Of course I miss him, Y/N. We all do. We're all grieving inside, though we choose not to show it to those around us," Jin sighs. "I think we've all cried about Jimin's passing, Y/N. Some are more open about it than others..." He pauses. "We'd... Well, we'd like to share a meal with you. You know, make your time here worthwhile. A small dinner might not help the bad feelings go away completely, but it can help temporarily. All you need is a nice, refreshing drink and a hot, savory meal, Y/N. We'll be by your side. No one here is against you."
The way he says it makes everything sound so tantalizing, so believable, so obtainable. You should've known better. But then again, they're all you have.
You hesitate. Then: "I'll... I'll go to dinner."
Jin smiles, helping you up. "You won't regret it."
You're not in much of an ecstatic mood, obviously. You were beginning to regret agreeing to Jin's talented convincing until you see the dining room and momentarily forget half of your day's unfortunate events. Your jaw drops as you enter it and your eyes latch onto the shining chandeliers and crystal decorations.
"Wait 'til you see our kitchen," Seokjin chuckles.
You nod just to agree. It makes you just a tiny bit happier to think that your brother had lived in such a lavish place. At least he got to experience the good stuff...
You see the rest of your brother's friends standing around the large crystal dining table, each holding a glass of wine of their choice. It's a strange contrast between the luxuries of the room and the casual wear of the people in it. You'd expect to see them dressed in gold-trimmed tuxes and suits, but they're all in sweatsâexpensive sweats, granted, but sweats nevertheless. Seven dainty chairs surround the table, on which the food's already steaming on silver plates.
"Just in time!" Taehyung announces. "We were worried the food would get cold!"
"Oh," you mumble, nodding awkwardly before pulling out a random chair to sink into whenâ
"Excuse me, that happens to be Namjoon's seat."
Startled, you look up to see Jung Hoseok sighing and shaking his head. "Assigned seats, Y/N."
"Cut her some slack, Jung," Namjoon says. "She had no way of knowing. And if you can't tell, she needed convincing to be here, so you better play nice." He turns to you, smiling, though the smile doesn't reach his eyes. "You're welcome to sit in that spot if you'd like."
Already feeling quite out of place, you pause before replying, "No... Uh, I'll just... um, sit where my brother sat then..."
"Oh, that's next to me," Jungkook says, pulling your chair out for you as you sink in it gratefully. Looks like you're sandwiched between Namjoon and Jungkook. In front of you is Yoongi, across from you on the left is Taehyung, across on the right, Hoseok. And smack dab in the power seat of the table is Seokjin. It occurs to you that you're the only one sitting.
Awkwardly, you look over to Jin, who gives you another reassuring smile. "You may be seated."
Your eyes bulge slightly as the five other men take their seats as if they're heeding to Jin's commands.
What is this? A monarchy?
When Jin takes his seat, no one makes a move, you note. Your throat itches, begging for a drink of water or a sip of wine to calm your nerves, but you are not going to be the one who moves first. There's obviously some sort of crazy shit going on here, and you're going to tread lightly until you figure out what it really is.
Finally, finally, when Jin reaches forward to take a sip of his blood-red wine, conversations resume, breathing resumes and the eating and drinking commences.
You're shell-shocked. That's what you are. You're unable to move until Jungkook slides you a piece of filet mignon steak onto your plate.
"I remembered you loved that particularly," he says, before returning to his friendly conversation with Taehyung.
But your favorite mealâin all of its glorious scentâdoesn't appeal to you today. So, you keep your ears open to listen to the conversations around you. Wondering how they can have conversations at a time like this...
Taehyung seems to be telling Jungkook about the cute chicks he saw while he was working at his restaurant. Your eyes widen as Taehyung makes a quite inappropriate gesture with his hands. And you nearly choke when you see Jungkook playing along with it.
"Get a hold of yourselves," Yoongi says disgustedly at them. "Y/N isn't blind or deaf, you know. Keep your sexual fantasies in your bedrooms."
Hoseok snorts. And even Seokjin seems to chuckle.
"Sorry," Jungkook mutters as Taehyung just rolls his eyes.
"It's hard when soo many hot, rich girls come to Seokjin's restaurant, you know?" Taehyung grins. "Even harder when they slip their numbers into your tip."
Jungkook giggles. "That's real smooth of them."
"I know! I can't help that I'm so hot," Taehyung laughs. He laughs even harder when he sees Namjoon's disgusted face. "Face it Joon. Being a lawyer sucks, doesn't it? No girls to hit on... Just old farts in court."
Namjoon just sighs, sipping his wine. "You know what? Taehyung? It is quite a shitty job. My stress levels strike the roof whenever the topic of my career emerges. Go get me some vodka."
Taehyung looks offended that his joke had turned into a chore for him to do. He sighs, shaking his head, muttering something on the lines of "can't take a fucking joke." Before he leaves, he calls out, "Anyone else wants another drink?"
"Coke and rum for me," Hoseok quickly answers.
"Tonic and gin," Yoongi says.
"The usual," Seokjin calls. When Taehyung scrunches his face in confusion, he sighs. "Grapefruit soda and tequila."
"Right," Taehyung replies. "Y/N?" he asks. "Pick your poison if you'd like."
You jump at the sudden mention of your name. "I dunno..."
"Maybe something strong?" Taehyung suggests. "You know, to help..."
"Right... Something strong."
Taehyung grins. "I'll see what I can do."
"Get me some gin and lemonade, pretty please," Jungkook laughs.
Taehyung gives him a disdainful look. "If you want it, come help me in the kitchen, bitch."
Jungkook grumbles but he complies, following Taehyung and disappearing behind a corner in which you assume the kitchen lies.
"They might 'accidentally' poison our drinks for all we know," Namjoon sighs, shaking his head. "I trusted Jimin more when he handled our drinks. He is... was the best bartender in the city," Namjoon smiles. "God, his concoctions were literally unmatched."
For some reason, what he says makes you feel even more empty inside. "I can imagine," you force out.
You hate this. You shouldn't have come. You're uncomfortable, placed in the middle of a group of friends that have no respect for your grief. Now there's an awkward silence at the table with Taehyung and Jungkook gone, but you make no move to fix it.
"So, Y/N! I saw you looking at our interior design, earlier!" Namjoon says, clapping his hands together.
God, not the small talk, again.
"Yeah, it's beautiful," you say, half-heartedly. Maybe you should come up with an excuse to leave. Maybe you should feign sicknessâyou already feel queasy, anyway.
"Eh, I don't really like it," Hoseok says. "It was like this when we bought it. I never liked all this bright crystal action going on, but it'll have to do."
"Right?" Yoongi agrees. "I wanted a more modern home. This seems so regal."
"It's not like we can move, though," Namjoon sighs. He hastily adds, "It'd take too long, and we wouldn't appreciate the hassle."
"We should be thankful for what we have," Seokjin says kindly. "Not many young adults are able to live in such luxury."
"Of course. If it's a good year, our total legal annual income in this household well surpasses four million."
You cock your head. Legal? Had you heard that right? Did that mean they had an illegal income? You speak before you can stop yourself. "Waitâ"
"Here come the drinks!" Taehyung enthusiastically sings as he sashays in the dining room with a silver platter full of pretty glasses. Straight away he hands Jin his tequila concoction, then Namjoon his vodka, Yoongi his gin and Hoseok his rum. Jungkook slides into his seat with his gin and lemonade in hand.
Taehyung slides up next to you, holding up a tall glass ofâ
"Water?" You scrunch your eyebrows, looking wearily at the clear glass.
"Everclear," Taehyung answers. "It's illegal in California, but we've got some connections." He winks at you.
"Careful. That's 95 percent alcohol," Yoongi says. "You don't want to wake up in the hospital now, do we?"
"I'm sure one glass will be fine," Taehyung says, handing you the glass before sliding into his seat. "I trust Y/N is able to drink responsibly. Isn't that right, Y/N?"
You hum quietly, staring at the clear liquid blankly. Would too much of it kill you? But if you did die, it wouldn't matter at this point, right?
Taehyung laughs and he reads your mind as he replies, "I'd be killed if I gave you something that could kill you."
Right. A hard dose of alcohol is what you need especially after today.
One second you're semi-complaining that you're unemployed and single. Then suddenly karma bitches at you and your brother's dead, joined a gang and made enemies that had decided to brutally murder him. And now you have to decide whether you want to join the mafia or be left alone to be killed by the same entity that killed your brother. All in one day.
Even the thought makes you scoff.
So when Seokjin proposes a toast to you and talks off in tangents of what comprises of a short speech, you can't help but tune out. After the clink of glasses, you down the eponymous liquid that's actually ever so clear.
It burns your throat in all the wrong ways, but bottoms up, you finish it all.
After that, everything is hazy. The itch in your throat does not go away, and the room seems to spin around. Damn that drink is strong.
"Someone have her back before she collapses," you hear Yoongi say.
But you're able to stomach it in, head lolling uselessly to the side as you stare dumbly into oblivion. Your thoughts are muddled, thank god, which is all that mattered.
"Taehyung, I swear. Everclear shouldn't be taken plain. It's supposed to be drunk with a mixer for god's sake," Namjoon sighs. "Now it's your responsibility to get her to her room."
"That's going to be hard, considering she can probably barely walk right now," Hoseok says. "Jungkook should go too."
"Don't try anything on her," Namjoon sighs.
Taehyung looks offended. "What? Why would we? She's halfway gone. We wouldn't stoop that low."
"Yeah..." Jungkook says. "That's too low."
"You guys should get going while she's conscious..." Yoongi says. "She looks like she's going to pass out any second now."
"Why did you even think of giving her Everclear?" Namjoon rolls his eyes.
"She asked for it! She wanted a strong drink! I only did what she asked," Taehyung says, raising his voice.
"Let's not argue," Seokjin cuts in. "The hangover will definitely be bad... But her worries aren't with her at this moment. Don't give her a headache by yelling over each other. We'll have to cut dinner short. Taehyung, Jungkook, get Y/N to her room. Give her a few glasses of water before she blacks out. Hoseok, Yoongi? Looks like you two are on kitchen duty tonight."
"What?" Hoseok whines. "That's never our job!"
But one look from Jin has him quiet.
"I just hope she doesn't wake up with a giant hangover..." someone says. You can't tell who. You're mixing voices up in your head and your vision is blurry.
"You're kidding right?" another voice counters. "Everclear hangovers are the fucking worst."
It's the last thing you hear before everything becomes black.
ânext chapter
âmasterpost
âmasterlist
#bts#bts fanfiction#ot7#seokjin#yoongi#hoseok#namjoon#jimin#taehyung#jungkook#mafia au#over the moon#otm
74 notes
·
View notes
Text
Portrait of RĂŒstem Pasha/RĂŒsztem Pasa portrĂ©ja
RĂŒstem Pasha is one of the most controversial figures in Ottoman history, a model of fidelity and deceit at the same time, as his loyalty to his wife and mother-in-law is legendary, yet he is considered the greatest responsible in the death of Prince Mustafa. But what is the truth? Was RĂŒstem a loyal statesman, rare as the white raven or the greatest traitor and killer of the empire?
Origin and upbringing
RĂŒstem, according to his own account, was of Croatian descent, born as the son of a swineherd between 1500 and 1505. At least one of his brothers is known, Sinan, with whom they came to Istanbul through the devĆirme system. His brother also became an influential pasha over time. He studied in the Enderum along with other intelligent boys who were considered suitable for education. Those who did not have the intelligence to get to Enderum were assigned to the Janissaries or other militaries. RĂŒstem was a particularly intelligent and talented man, he excelled among the other students of Endrum with his knowledge. He was fluent in at least three languages ââand also had special talents in close fight and military warfare. He was also a particularly sober, calm man who never acted recklessly.
The beginning of his rise
Opinions are divided on how RĂŒstem drew the Sultan's attention to himself. According to some sources, during the battle of MohĂĄcs in 1526 he acted as the sultan's weapon bearer and Suleiman noticed his loyalty and intelligence here. Others say once, Rustem, through a window, saw Suleiman passing under the window and he saw how the Sultan drop something accidentally. RĂŒstem throwing himself out the window to return the object to the Sultan. If the latter is true, then RĂŒstem arrived in Ottoman history with a hard entry.
Either way, around the mid-1520s, Suleiman had certainly recognized RĂŒstemâs talents and appointed him one of his personal men. He became the chief supervisor of the sultan's stables and the stirrup holder when the ruler got on the horse. With this position, RĂŒstem could actually go anywhere with the Sultan, during which, of course, the Sultan had time to get to know him more and more. Around this time he could also spend time with the sons of Suleiman, as his sons often rode out with the sultan or accompanied him on a campaigns. So he was already in relatively close contact with the sultan's sons here, especially with Prince Mehmed, who spent a lot of time with Suleiman, and his younger brother, Selim. But it is also possible that he also had the opportunity to see or even meet his later wife, Suleimanâs daughter, Mihrimah, as according to some sources, she also rode out with his father occasionally.
The rise of RĂŒstem, scared several others. Suleiman's confidant, Ibrahim, for example, according to a 1534 report, said he did not particularly like RĂŒstem. And the reason for this was that the sultan had repeatedly accepted RĂŒstem's advices and raised the man higher and higher, and Ibrahim was afraid for his own position and perhaps he was jealous that someone else was near the sultan besides him. Ibrahim made a special effort to get rid of RĂŒstem. It was Ibrahim, who made him the beylerbey of Diyarbakir. With this, he exiled RĂŒstem to the Iranian border, hoping he will be forgotten there. However, RĂŒstem did not think so and did an excellent job in Diyarbakir, forging an advantage from his exile.
Suleiman, after RĂŒstem proved his abilites in Diyarbakir, made the man the beylerbey of Anatolia in 1538, and then in 1539 finally elevated him to the rank of vizier, and also gave him one of the greatest positions a pasha could ever attain, making him Damad (son-in-law). Suleiman gave his daughter Mihrimah to him.
His marriage to Mihrimah Sultan
The marriage of an imperial princess has always been a serious political decision. In Mihrimah's case, Suleiman had probably long ago decided that RĂŒstem should be her husband. In vain did HĂŒrrem Sultan want another husband, Suleiman immediately rejected HĂŒrrem's proposal, the young and handsome Egyptian beylerbey as a husband candidate. Why did Suleiman choose RĂŒstem? He definitely wanted a husband to her daughter who was loyal to her and to the Empire, thus avoiding having to be replaced, executed, and thus orphaning her own grandchildren. In addition, he wanted a husband who was fit to hold high positions so that he could stay in Istanbul with her daughter, since Suleiman, who was famously devoted to her daughter, surely did not want her daughter to live away from him. So RĂŒstem proved to be a perfect choice.
Suleiman's strong determination to RĂŒstem, is also shown by the fact that despite the gossip spread by RĂŒstem's enemies that he had leprosy, Suleiman did not changed his mind, but sent his personal doctor to examine RĂŒstem. The doctor, while examining RĂŒstem, found a louse on him, which ruled out that he had leprosy. Knowing the particularly demanding nature of RĂŒstem and knowing the fact that he changed his clothes daily, it cannot be ruled out that the lice were put on him as an intrigue of his own. All the obstacles were removed from the healty RĂŒstem.
Mihrimah was 17 at that time, and RĂŒstem was described to be twice as old as the sultana, so he was about 34 years old. Suddenly it seems like a big age difference, but compared to the age difference of the other sultanas and their husbands, Mihrimah was quite lucky. True, RĂŒstem was probably not the kind of man, teenage girls dreamed of, as he was described as a short and red-faced man, yet he guaranteed that Mihrimah could stay with her family in Istanbul forever and could gain serious political influence with him. In addition, RĂŒstem knew Mihrimah's brothers well, so it was clear that he will be on Mihrimah's and her brother's side in the fight for the throne.
The wedding was finally held in the fall of 1539, along with the circumcision ceremony of Mihrimah's two younger brothers, Bayezid and Cihangir. The ceremony eventually lasted for 15 days, and whole of Istanbul was celebrating with the family.
His marriage to Mihrimah was clearly not a love match, but all indications are that over time they have learned to respect and accept each other. Their marriage was crowned in 1541 by the birth of their daughter, AyĆe HĂŒmaĆah. Unfortunately, there is not much evidence of RĂŒstemâs relationship with his daughter, but based on second-hand evidences they were close to each other. Over time, Mihrimah and RĂŒstem had a son, Osman, who unfortunately died young. The time of the boy's death is unknown.
Political rise
In 1541 RĂŒstem was the second vizier, so he advanced nicely. In this position, the sultan made him the head of the Hungarian campaign of the year. This was a very important appointment in RĂŒstemâs career. The Kingdom of Hungary lost its king JĂĄnos Szapolyai the previous year, whose successor was only a two-week-old boy. As a result of the unexpected event, Habsburg Ferdinand immediately launched an attack to gain even more shares from the Kingdom of Hungary. Therefore, the Ottomans could not wait so they launched an attacked. Eventually in the end they won and were able to tore Hungary into three parts for more than a century. Transylvania and Eastern-Tiszta area remained in Izabella and her infant son, JĂĄnos Zsigmond's hands for 10,000 HUF rax for a year. The Highlands, Croatia, Western Transdanubia, Slavonia remained in the hands of the Habsburgs, while areas between the Danube and Tisza river were under the control of the Sultan. RĂŒstem played a major role in the fact that Transylvania and the area of Eastern-Tiszta was able to stay in the hands of Izabella and his infant son. The sultan had planned it differently. Suleiman wanted to annex all of Transylvania and the Eastern-Tisza area to the Empire, and wanted to take Izabella and her son to Ottoman captivity in Istanbul. However, Izabella sent pleading letters to HĂŒrrem Sultana and the Mihrimah Sultana and also sent gifts and ambassadors to RĂŒstem. RĂŒstem, enjoying the support of Mihrimah and HĂŒrrem, finally succeeded in convincing the sultan to leave Isabella and his son as ruler of Transylvania and Eastern-Tiszta area. This was a huge step and a success, as Suleiman had reacted very aggressively for Isabella's previous plea. Isabella a few months ago asked for the release of two Hungarian lords who were captives of the Sultan. Suleiman refused the request and immediately executed the two lords. With such a background, it is particularly interesting that RĂŒstem, Mihrimah and HĂŒrrem were able to convince the Sultan. Their intentions are unknown. Mihrimah and HĂŒrrem perhaps stood by the woman because they felt sorry for her, but RĂŒstem perhaps had a more rational point of view: the Ottomans most probably wouln't be able to keep Transylvania under their rule, and its loss would have been unpleasant for them, so it was better to make the rulers of it to their vassals.
The former event also shows well that Suleiman respected RĂŒstem very much, but still he denied from him the grace he had previously given to Ibrahim. He never allowed RĂŒstem as close to himself as he let Ibrahim anno. Mihrimah and HĂŒrrem objected to this, according to several sources, as they tried to persuade the Sultan to let RĂŒstem closer to him. However, the sultan always replied that "it was enough for me to commit such foolishness once." This is a good indication of how deeply Suleiman was hurt by Ibrahimâs betrayal and was certainly afraid of having to endure something similar once again.
However, the Sultan's slight distancing did not deter RĂŒstem from having the same intimate relationship with the ambassadors as Ibrahim had previously done. The ambassadors, without exception, described RĂŒstem as one who really likes to talk to them about himself. He often boasted, ironically, to what heights the son of a swineherd could ascend in the Ottoman Empire. In addition, the ambassadors also noted how intelligent the pasha is, especially enthusiastic about all matters and making decisions in a very forward-looking manner. And the most important thing, which did not escape the attention of the ambassadors, was that RĂŒstem, unlike Ibrahim, always spoke of himself as a subordinate of the Sultan, was loyal to the Sultan to the extreme and was famously incorruptible.
In 1544 RĂŒstem finally received the title of Grand Vizier, which Suleiman had given him knowing he was an ally of HĂŒrrem and Mihrimah. As a Grand Vizier, he was always praised by the ambassadors and the Sultan was pleased with him. His most important success as Grand Vizier was that he managed to fill the imperial treasury. He used every possible solution to this, for example, he sold the flowers and vegetables grown in the palace gardens. Because of this, he was considered by many to be greedy, but nonetheless, in the end, he eventually managed to solve the empireâs financial problems, which Ibrahim had only exacerbated before. The other brilliant solution he ran to make money was to blackmail the ambassadors. He wanted them to come with most expensive gifts possible. If a gift wasnât expensive enough, he simply didnât receive the ambassadors. Because of this, the ambassadors complained a lot to their rulers and were ashamed to ask for more money and gifts. Each year, he asked more and more from the ambassadors. One of the ambassadors, the clever, Alvise Renier, eliminated this problem, by sending 100 gold ducats in every year to RĂŒstem before he could ask for more. It may seem greedy, but RĂŒstem delivered most of these gifts and money - unlike the previous Grand Vizier - to the Imperial Treasury and retained only some of those which were personal gifts. It was the "greed" of RĂŒstem that kept the financial background of the empire stable for the second half of Suleiman's reign, however, RĂŒstem was not popular among the people of Istanbul.
The fight of the RĂŒstem-HĂŒrrem-Mihrimah coalition against Prince Mustafa
RĂŒstem as Mihrimahâs husband was clearly committed to Mihrimahâs full-brothers. Especially that he knew the princes closely, while he had no connection with Mustafa. In my opinion, that is why it is a mistake to condemn RĂŒstem for his choice. Which man would support a prince who poses a threat to his wife and brother-in-laws? Plus, Mustafa never liked RĂŒstem Pasha, so if he wouldn't be against Mustafa, that would cause his death.
How the coalition fought Mustafa is not exactly known, as they left no evidence. Most likely, their basic principle was that all the naturally occurring faults of Mustafa were said to the sultan, while in the case of the sons of HĂŒrrem these mistakes were hide. Thus, in fact, without slander or lies, they were able to weaken Mustafa in the eyes of his father. In addition, RĂŒstem, as Grand Vizier, became the deputy of the Sultan and could decide on a great many things. Thus, Mustafa also had to ask him for support when in 1549 the Georgians assassinated the governor of Erzurum. Mustafa asked for a supportive army from RĂŒstem so that he could oust the Georgians beyond the borders of the empire. However, RĂŒstem ignored and then rejected the request, as it would have been dangerous to send soldiers to the highly supported Prince Mustafa. In addition, the possible success of Mustafa would have further increased his popularity and perhaps Suleiman would have recognized his sonâs virtues. However, we must not be sure that all this took place without Suleiman's knowledge. It is very likely that RĂŒstem informed Suleiman about Mustafa's request. Mustafa's popularity, however, had so far threatened the Sultan's rule, so it was not in Suleiman's interest to send an army to Mustafa. A few years later, a similar Georgian attack took place, with a similar outcome.
Suleiman's health gradually deteriorated, and his gout caused him more and more difficulties from the second half of the 1540s, and he put even more burden on RĂŒstem's shoulder. He had to organize and lead campaigns instead of the sultan. The people and soldiers did not like the sultan's absence very much and more and more rumors were spread that the empire needed a new, warrior-like, healthy sultan. This problem culminated in 1552. RĂŒstem led the army, which consisted of 50,000 soldiers, most of whom were Janissaries. Shortly after their departure, he received word that the sultan was very ill, perhaps on his death. RĂŒstem did not continue the campaign in such circumstances, but camped, for he was afraid to get too far away from the capital. He feared that Mustafa, if he took the news of the events, with the help of the Janissaries, could easily march into the capital and execute the sons of HĂŒrrem after taking the throne. The sultan's health soon began to improve, so that RĂŒstem could continue the campaign. However, the difficulties were not over here. When the army reached the intersection between Amasya and Konya, the Janissaries decided to pay their respects to their future sultan, Mustafa, in Amasya. RĂŒstem ordered the Janissaries not to leave the camp and continue their journey, but the Janissaries rebelled and most of them headed for Amasya. RĂŒstem continued his journey along with the leading agha of the Janissaries and some loyal Janissaries towards Konya. Mustafa, to top of the trouble, welcomed the Janissaries and received their greetings. RĂŒstem immediately wrote a letter to the Sultan about the events, but Suleiman did not believe that his son had done so and made the Janissaries solely responsible. Returning to Istanbul, Rustem told Suleiman again what had happened, proving with evidence that Mustafa had indeed distributed money and food to the Janissaries. The Sultan told RĂŒsztem not to talk nonsense. However, RĂŒstem also continued and recounted the rumors circulating in the camp that Mustafa was planning a revolt against the Sultan with the help of Tahmasp Sah, a Persian ruler. Although Suleiman was still dismissive with RĂŒstem, he certainly began to suspect his son because he ordered an investigation into the case.
Suleiman the following year, in 1553, to prove his suitability, himself led his troops into battle. In August 1553 they left Istanbul and headed east. However, Suleiman's goal was not primarily the campaign, but the execution of his son, Mustafa, on the pretext of the campaign. Mustafa joined his father's troops at EreÄli and, despite the opposition of his supporters, he went to the sultan's tent, where he was executed. The execution of the prince provoked a huge rebellion in the army, the soldiers demanding a scapegoat. Suleiman, to save himself and his sons who were with him, made RĂŒstem Pasha responsible and relieved him of his position. That night, RĂŒstem secretly left the camp, just in time because the angry Janissaries broke into his tent soon after and wanted to kill him. The ambassadors who covered the events raised the possibility that RĂŒstem himself had asked for his replacement to save his own life and that of the Sultan. This raises the possibility that the Sultan and RĂŒstem have reached some secret agreement that RĂŒstem will be replaced, but will return to his position for the first capable time. This possibility is also made probable by the fact that RĂŒstem, although no longer a Grand Vizier, returned to Istanbul and continued to behave like a Grand Vizier. Despite Kara Ahmed Pasa becoming the new Grand Vizier, RĂŒstem continued to receive the ambassadors in his palace as if nothing had happened. He also went to the mosque with the same splendor and accompaniment as before, and even clearly told the ambassadors not to worry, he would return to his office soon. And as a faithful follower of the sultan, he would not have dared to do this without the Sultan's knowledge. His wife and mother-in-law either did not know about the secret unity â or wisely pretended not to know about it â constantly bombarded Suleiman with letters and asked him to forgive RĂŒstem and let him return to his office.
Back to the top
The newly appointed Grand Vizier, Kara Ahmed Pasha, Suleiman's brother-in-law, did not live up to expectations, so in 1555 he was executed by the order of the Sultan. Many also suspect the RĂŒstem-HĂŒrrem-Mihrimah triumvirate was behind his execution. However, it cannot be ruled out that the Sultan chose the unsuitable Kara Ahmed as Grand Vizier with the purpose, to put RĂŒstem back in position as soon as possible. Either way, with the death of Kara Ahmed on September 29, 1555, Suleiman, who had just returned to Istanbul, reappointed RĂŒstem as Grand Vizier.
Unfortunately, after his return to office, there was not much peace during his reign. In 1558, the health of the HĂŒrrem Sultan began to deteriorate. This fact alone has immeasurably overwhelmed RĂŒstem. According to a report in early April, the Grand Vizier was very "depressed and troubled" by the illness of the Haseki Sultan. On April 15, HĂŒrrem passed away, and RĂŒstem lost one of his most influential supporters, his ally, with whom he worked for nearly 20 years. According to all accounts, RĂŒstem was deeply saddened by the death of his mother-in-law. Unfortunately, however, he did not have time to mourn. Suleiman was completely shattered, so RĂŒstem had to perform all the duties of the sultan, he also had to support his shattered wife and daughter as well. In addition, soon Prince Bayezid rebelled against his father.
Most sources mention that RĂŒstem favored Prince Bayezid over Selim, but we do not know the exact background of this. In any case, no matter how much he liked and supported Bayezid, at no point could he help. The prince did not disarm even at the repeated request of the sultan, and eventually, after losing the battle, he fled to Suleiman's chief enemy, Tahmasp Sah. It doesn't matter how hard RĂŒstem tried, he was not able to save Bayezid, moreover his health began to deteriorate rapidly in 1560.
His death and legacy
RĂŒstem finally died on July 10 1561, after a long illness. He was prepared for death, as he left behind a very detailed, precise testament. In it, he disposed of each of his property and possessions. He described which part of his property he would leave to the state, which to his foundations, which to the foundations of the HĂŒrrem Sultana and which to the foundations of Mihrimah, and what he would leave of his personal belongings to his wife and daughter, AyĆe HĂŒmaĆah. He entrusted some of his charities to his wife and others to his daughter. The fact that he left nothing to his son raises the possibility that Osman died before his father.
Although the people did not like him, we now know clearly that it was due to the ingenious solutions of RĂŒstem that they managed to conceal the decline of the empire throughout Suleiman's reign. RĂŒstem was one of the few statesmen who did not accept bribes, who placed the Sultan before all things, and who died a natural death, in his position, as a Grand Vizier. In addition, RĂŒstem, although he had a huge wealth, did a lot of charity and lived quite modestly compared to his rank.
RĂŒstem took great care to build his own mosque, but death intervened. His mosque - one of the most magnificent mosques in Istanbul today - was finally completed by Mihrimah Sultan. And RĂŒstem - since his own complex wasn't ready - rests in the Ćehzade Mosque complex, close to Princes Mehmed and Cihangir.
Used sources: L. Peirce - The imperial harem; L. Peirce - Empress of the East; Z. Atçil - Why Did SĂŒleyman the Magnificent Execute His Son Ćehzade Mustafa in 1553; C. Imber - The Ottoman Empire 1300-1650; Y. Ăztuna - Kanuni Sultan SĂŒleyman
* Â Â * Â Â *
RĂŒsztem Pasa az OszmĂĄn törtĂ©nelem egyik legellentmondĂĄsosabb figurĂĄja, egyszerre a hƱsĂ©g Ă©s az ĂĄlnoksĂĄg pĂ©ldakĂ©pe, hiszen hƱsĂ©ge a felesĂ©gĂ©hez Ă©s anyĂłsĂĄhoz legendĂĄs, azonban Ć tartjĂĄk a legnagyobb felelĆsnek Musztafa herceg halĂĄlĂĄban. Na de mi az igazsĂĄg? HƱsĂ©ges ĂĄllamfĂ©rfi volt RĂŒsztem, ami ritka mint a fehĂ©rhollĂł vagy a birodalom legnagyobb ĂĄrulĂłja Ă©s gyilkosa?
Eredete és neveltetése
RĂŒsztem pasa, sajĂĄt elmondĂĄsa szerint horvĂĄt szĂĄrmazĂĄsĂș volt, egy kondĂĄs fiakĂ©nt szĂŒletett nagyjĂĄbĂłl 1500 Ă©s 1505 között. LegalĂĄbb egy testvĂ©re ismert, Sinan, akivel egyĂŒtt kerĂŒltek a devĆirme rendszeren keresztĂŒl Isztambulba. TestvĂ©rĂ©bĆl is befolyĂĄsos pasa vĂĄlt idĆvel. Az Enderumban tanult a többi intelligens fiĂșval egyetemben, akiket megfelelĆnek tartottak a tovĂĄbbtanulĂĄsra. Akik nem ide kerĂŒltek, azok a janicsĂĄrsĂĄgba vagy mĂĄs katonai szervbe lettek beosztva. RĂŒsztem kĂŒlönösen intelligens Ă©s tehetsĂ©ges fĂ©rfi volt, tudĂĄsĂĄval kiemelkedett mĂĄr az Endrum többi diĂĄkja közĂŒl is. LegalĂĄbb hĂĄrom nyelven folyĂ©konyan beszĂ©lt, kĂŒlönös tehetsĂ©ge volt a közelharc Ă©s katonai hadviselĂ©s terĂ©n is. Emellett kĂŒlönösen jĂłzan, nyugodt fĂ©rfi volt, aki sosem cselekedett meggondolatlanul.
A felemelkedés kezdete
ArrĂłl megoszlanak a vĂ©lemĂ©nyek, hogy RĂŒsztem hogyan hĂvta fel magĂĄra a szultĂĄn figyelmĂ©t. Egyes forrĂĄsok szerint az 1526-os mohĂĄcsi csata sorĂĄn a szultĂĄn fegyverhordozĂłjakĂ©nt tevĂ©kenykedett Ă©s SzulejmĂĄn itt figyelt fel hƱsĂ©gĂ©re Ă©s intelligenciĂĄjĂĄra. MĂĄsok szerint egyszer RĂŒsztem egy ablakon keresztĂŒl lĂĄtta, amint az ablak alatt elhaladĂł SzulejmĂĄn elejt valamit, mire kivetette magĂĄt az ablakon, hogy visszaadja a szultĂĄnnak a tĂĄrgyat. Ha utĂłbbi igaz, akkor RĂŒsztem kemĂ©ny belĂ©pĆvel Ă©rkezett meg az oszmĂĄn törtĂ©nelembe.
AkĂĄrhogyan is, SzulejmĂĄn az 1520-as Ă©vek közepe tĂĄjĂĄn mĂĄr egĂ©sz biztosan felismerte RĂŒsztem tehetsĂ©gĂ©t Ă©s kinevezte egyik szemĂ©lyes emberĂ©nek. RĂŒsztem feladata volt a szultĂĄn lovĂĄnak ellĂĄtĂĄsa, a kengyel tartĂĄsa, amikor a szultĂĄn felszĂĄllt a lĂłra. Ezzel a beosztĂĄssal RĂŒsztem tulajdonkĂ©ppen mindenhovĂĄ a szultĂĄnnal tarthatott, amelynek sorĂĄn termĂ©szetesen a szultĂĄnnak volt ideje megismerni Ćt. Ez idĆ tĂĄjt RĂŒsztem, SzulejmĂĄn fiaival is idĆt tölthetett, hiszen a fiai gyakran lovagoltak ki a szultĂĄnnal vagy kĂsĂ©rtĂ©k el hadjĂĄratra. RĂŒsztem tehĂĄt mĂĄr itt viszonylag közeli kapcsolatba kerĂŒlt a szultĂĄn fiaival, kĂŒlönös tekintettel a SzulejmĂĄnnal sok idĆt töltĆ Mehmed herceggel Ă©s vĂ©rszerinti öccsĂ©vel Szelimmel. De az sem kizĂĄrt, hogy arra is volt lehetĆsĂ©ge, hogy lĂĄthassa vagy akĂĄr talĂĄlkozhasson kĂ©sĆbbi felesĂ©gĂ©vel, SzulejmĂĄn lĂĄnyĂĄval, Mihrimahval, hiszen nĂ©hĂĄny forrĂĄs szerint alkalmankĂ©nt Ć is kilovagolt Ă©desapjĂĄval.
RĂŒsztem felemelkedĂ©se többeknek is szemetszĂșrt. SzulejmĂĄn bizalmasa, Ibrahim pĂ©ldĂĄul egy 1534-es követi jelentĂ©s szerint kĂŒlönösen nem kedvelte RĂŒsztemet. Ennek oka pedig az volt, hogy a szultĂĄn egyre többször fogadta meg RĂŒsztem tanĂĄcsait Ă©s egyre magasabbra emelte a fĂ©rfit, Ibrahim pedig fĂ©ltette sajĂĄt pozĂciĂłjĂĄt Ă©s talĂĄn fĂ©ltĂ©keny volt arra, hogy valaki mĂĄs is a szultĂĄn közelĂ©ben van rajtakĂvĂŒl. Ibrahim kĂŒlönösen igyekezett RĂŒsztemmel kibabrĂĄlni, pĂ©ldĂĄul Ć volt az, aki Diyarbakir helytartĂłjĂĄvĂĄ tette meg. Ezzel RĂŒsztemet az irĂĄni hatĂĄr mellĂ© szĂĄmƱzte, azt remĂ©lve, hogy ott elfelejtĆdik. RĂŒsztem azonban nem Ăgy gondolta Ă©s kivĂĄlĂł munkĂĄt vĂ©gezve Diyarbakirban, elĆnyt kovĂĄcsolt szĂĄmƱzetĂ©sĂ©bĆl.
SzulejmĂĄn miutĂĄn RĂŒsztem bizonyĂtott Diyarbakirban, AnatĂłlia beglerbĂ©gĂ©vĂ© tette meg a fĂ©rfit 1538-ban, majd 1539-ben vĂ©gre vezĂri rangra is emelte, Ă©s emellett neki adta az egyik legnagyobb tisztsĂ©get, amit egy pasa valaha is elĂ©rhet, DamaddĂĄ (vĆ) tette, mikor neki adta lĂĄnya, Mihrimah kezĂ©t.
HĂĄzassĂĄga Mihrimah szultĂĄnĂĄval
Egy birodalmi szultĂĄna hĂĄzassĂĄga mindig komoly politikai döntĂ©s volt. Mihrimah esetĂ©ben nagy valĂłszĂnƱsĂ©ggel SzulejmĂĄn mĂĄr rĂ©gen eldöntötte, hogy RĂŒsztem lesz a fĂ©rje, ugyanis hiĂĄba akart HĂŒrrem szultĂĄna mĂĄs fĂ©rjet, SzulejmĂĄn egybĆl elutasĂtotta HĂŒrrem javaslatĂĄt, a fiatal Ă©s jĂłkĂ©pƱ egyiptomi beglerbĂ©get, mint fĂ©rjjelöltet. Hogy SzulejmĂĄn miĂ©rt RĂŒsztemet vĂĄlasztotta? MindenkĂ©pp olyan fĂ©rjet akart lĂĄnya mellĂ©, aki hƱsĂ©ges hozzĂĄ, ezzel elkerĂŒlve, hogy le kelljen vĂĄltani, ki kelljen vĂ©geztetni, ezzel pedig ĂĄrvĂĄvĂĄ tennie sajĂĄt unokĂĄit. Emellett olyan fĂ©rjet akart, aki alkalmas arra, hogy magas beosztĂĄsokat viseljen, ezzel pedig Isztambulban maradhasson, hiszen SzulejmĂĄn - aki hĂresen elkötelezett volt lĂĄnya irĂĄnt - nem akarta, hogy kislĂĄnya tĆle tĂĄvol Ă©ljen. RĂŒsztem tökĂ©letes vĂĄlasztĂĄsnak bizonyult.
SzulejmĂĄn erĆs elhatĂĄrozĂĄsĂĄt RĂŒsztem mellett az is mutatja, hogy hiĂĄba terjesztettĂ©k RĂŒsztem ellensĂ©gei, hogy a fĂ©rfi leprĂĄs, SzulejmĂĄn nem hitte el, hanem maga kĂŒldte oda szemĂ©lyes orvosĂĄt, hogy vizsgĂĄlja meg RĂŒsztemet. Az orvos miközben RĂŒsztemet vizsgĂĄlta, egy tetvet talĂĄlt a fĂ©rfin, ami kizĂĄrta, hogy leprĂĄs lett volna. Ismerve RĂŒsztem kĂŒlönösen igĂ©nyes termĂ©szetĂ©t, azt, hogy a kor szokĂĄsaihoz nem feltĂ©tlen illeszkedve, naponta cserĂ©lte ruhĂĄit, nem kizĂĄrt, hogy a tetƱ RĂŒsztem cselszövĂ©sekĂ©nt kerĂŒlt rĂĄ. Az egĂ©szsĂ©gesnek ĂtĂ©lt RĂŒsztem elĆl pedig minden akadĂĄly elhĂĄrult.
Mihrimah 17 Ă©ves volt ekkor, RĂŒsztem pedig a leĂrĂĄsok alapjĂĄn kĂ©tszer annyi idĆs volt, mint a szultĂĄna, tehĂĄt nagyjĂĄbĂłl 34 Ă©ves. Hirtelen nagy korkĂŒlönbsĂ©gnek tƱnik, ĂĄm a többi szultĂĄna Ă©s fĂ©rjeik korkĂŒlönbsĂ©gĂ©hez kĂ©pest, ez kĂ©sz fĆnyeremĂ©ny volt Mihrimah szĂĄmĂĄra. Igaz, RĂŒsztem valĂłszĂnƱleg nem az fĂ©rfi volt, akirĆl a kamaszlĂĄnyok ĂĄlmodoznak, hiszen követi leĂrĂĄsok alapjĂĄn alacsony Ă©s vöröskĂ©pƱ fĂ©rfi volt, mĂ©gis garantĂĄlta, hogy Mihrimah Isztambulban a csalĂĄdja körĂ©ben maradhasson örökre Ă©s komoly politikai befolyĂĄst is jelentett neki RĂŒsztem. Emellett RĂŒsztem jĂłl ismerte Mihrimah testvĂ©reit, Ăgy egyĂ©rtelmƱ volt, hogy a trĂłnĂ©rt folyĂł harcban az Ć Ă©s testvĂ©rei oldalĂĄn fog ĂĄllni mindhalĂĄlig.
Az eskĂŒvĆt vĂ©gĂŒl 1539 ĆszĂ©n rendeztĂ©k meg, egyĂŒtt Mihrimah kĂ©t öccse - Bayezid Ă©s Cihangir - körĂŒlmetĂ©lĂ©si szertartĂĄsĂĄval. Az ĂŒnnepsĂ©g vĂ©gĂŒl 15 napig tartott, egĂ©sz Isztambul a csalĂĄddal egyĂŒtt ĂŒnnepelt.
HĂĄzassĂĄga Mihrimah szultĂĄnĂĄval nyilvĂĄnvalĂłan nem szerelmi hĂĄzassĂĄg volt, azonban minden jel arra utal, hogy idĆvel megtanultĂĄk kölcsönösen tisztelni Ă©s elfogadni egymĂĄst. HĂĄzassĂĄgukat 1541-ben lĂĄnyuk, AyĆe HĂŒmaĆah szĂŒletĂ©se koronĂĄzta meg. Sajnos nem ĂĄll rendelkezĂ©sre sok bizonyĂtĂ©k RĂŒsztem viszonyĂĄrĂłl lĂĄnyĂĄval, de közvetett forrĂĄsok szerint közel ĂĄlltak egymĂĄshoz. IdĆvel egy fiuk is szĂŒletett, Osman, aki azonban sajnĂĄlatos mĂłdon fiatalon elhunyt. A fiĂș halĂĄlĂĄnak ideje sajnos nem ismert.
Politikai emelkedése
1541-ben RĂŒsztem mĂĄr a mĂĄsodik vezĂr volt, tehĂĄt szĂ©pen haladt felfelĂ© a ranglĂ©trĂĄn. Ezen beosztĂĄsĂĄban Ćt tette meg a szultĂĄn az azĂ©vi magyar hadjĂĄrat fejĂ©vĂ©. RĂŒsztem pĂĄlyafutĂĄsĂĄban ez igen fontos kinevezĂ©s volt. A Magyar KirĂĄlysĂĄg ugyanis elĆzĆ Ă©vben vesztette el kirĂĄlyĂĄt Szapolyai JĂĄnost, akinek utĂłdja egy kĂ©thetes kisfiĂș volt csupĂĄn. A vĂĄratlan esemĂ©ny hatĂĄsĂĄra a Habsburg uralkodĂł FerdinĂĄnd azonnal tĂĄmadĂĄsba lendĂŒlt, hogy mĂ©g több rĂ©szt szerezzen meg a Magyar KirĂĄlysĂĄgbĂłl. EzĂ©rt az oszmĂĄnok nem vĂĄrhattak, Ă©s tĂĄmadĂĄsba lendĂŒltek Ă©s vĂ©gĂŒl szakĂtottĂĄk hosszĂș idĆre hĂĄrom rĂ©szre MagyarorszĂĄgot. A TiszĂĄntĂșl Ă©s ErdĂ©ly Izabella Ă©s csecsemĆ fia JĂĄnos Zsigmond kezĂ©n maradt Ă©vi 10.000Ft adĂł fejĂ©ben, a FelvidĂ©k, HorvĂĄtorszĂĄg, Nyugat- DunĂĄntĂșl, SzlavĂłnia a Habsburgok kezĂ©n maradt, mĂg a Duna menti terĂŒletek â a SzultĂĄn ellenĆrzĂ©se alatt ĂĄlltak. RĂŒsztemnek itt abban volt komoly szerepe, hogy vĂ©gĂŒl a TiszĂĄntĂșl Ă©s ErdĂ©ly Izabella Ă©s csecsemĆ fia kezĂ©n maradhatott. A szultĂĄn ugyanis mĂĄshogy tervezte. SzulejmĂĄn be akarta kebelezni egĂ©sz ErdĂ©lyt Ă©s a TiszĂĄntĂșlt, IzabellĂĄt pedig fiĂĄval egyĂŒtt török fogsĂĄgba kĂvĂĄnta vitetni Isztambulba. Izabella azonban könyörgĆ leveleket kĂŒldött HĂŒrrem szultĂĄnĂĄnak Ă©s Mihrimah szultĂĄnĂĄnak Ă©s emellett ajĂĄndĂ©kokat Ă©s követeket kĂŒldött RĂŒsztemhez is. RĂŒsztem pasa vĂ©gĂŒl sikerrel gyĆzte meg, Mihrimah Ă©s HĂŒrrem tĂĄmogatĂĄsĂĄt Ă©lvezve a szultĂĄnt arrĂłl, hogy hagyja meg IzabellĂĄt Ă©s fiĂĄt ErdĂ©ly Ă©s a TiszĂĄntĂșl uralkodĂłjakĂ©nt. Ez hatalmas lĂ©pĂ©s Ă©s siker volt, SzulejmĂĄn ugyanis alig nĂ©hĂĄny hĂłnappal korĂĄbban igen agresszĂv mĂłdon utasĂtotta el Izabella könyörgĂ©sĂ©t kĂ©t török fogsĂĄgban senyvedĆ magyar fĆĂșr elengedĂ©sĂ©re vonatkozĂłan. SzulejmĂĄn a kĂ©rĂ©st elutasĂtotta Ă©s azonnal kivĂ©geztette a kĂ©t fogjot. Ilyen hĂĄttĂ©rrel kĂŒlönösen Ă©rdekes, hogy RĂŒsztem, Mihrimah Ă©s HĂŒrrem kĂ©pesek voltak meggyĆzni a szultĂĄnt. SzĂĄndĂ©kaik nem ismertek. Mihrimah Ă©s HĂŒrrem talĂĄn Izabella anyai Ă©s asszonyi könyörgĂ©se miatt ĂĄlltak a nĆ mellĂ©, RĂŒsztem pedig talĂĄn racionĂĄlisabb szempontbĂłl. Ugyanis meglehetĆsen kis esĂ©llyel sikerĂŒlt volna az oszmĂĄnoknak vĂ©gĂ©rvĂ©nyesen megtartani ErdĂ©lyt, elvesztĂ©se pedig kellemetlen lett volna szĂĄmukra.
Az elĆbbi esemĂ©ny is jĂłl mutatja, hogy SzulejmĂĄn igen nagyra tartotta RĂŒsztemet, azonban megtagadta tĆle azt a kegyet, amit korĂĄbban Ibrahimnak megadott. Sosem engedte magĂĄhoz olyan közel a fĂ©rfit, mint anno Ibrahimot. Ezt Mihrimah Ă©s HĂŒrrem több forrĂĄs szerint is nehezmĂ©nyezte, ugyanis igyekeztek rĂĄvenni a szultĂĄnt, hogy engedje magĂĄhoz közelebb RĂŒsztemet. A szultĂĄn azonban minduntalan Ășgy felelt, hogy "ekkora ostobasĂĄgot elĂ©g volt egyszer elkövetnem". Ez jĂłl mutatja, hogy SzulejmĂĄnt milyen mĂ©lyen bĂĄntotta Ibrahim ĂĄrulĂĄsa Ă©s minden bizonnyal fĂ©lt, hogy mĂ©g egyszer el kelljen viseljen hasonlĂłt.
Azonban a szultĂĄn enyhe tĂĄvolsĂĄgtartĂĄsa nem hĂĄtrĂĄltatta abban RĂŒsztemet, hogy a követekkel ugyanolyan bensĆsĂ©ges viszonyt tudjon ĂĄpolni, mint korĂĄbban Ibrahim tette. A követek kivĂ©tel nĂ©lkĂŒl Ășgy jellemeztĂ©k RĂŒsztemet, mint aki igen szeret magĂĄrĂłl beszĂ©lni nekik. Gyakran dicsekedett ironikus mĂłdon azzal, hogy egy kondĂĄs fia milyen magassĂĄgokig tudott emelkedni az OszmĂĄn Birodalomban. Emellett a követek azt is megjegyeztĂ©k, hogy milyen eszes a pasa, kĂŒlönösen lelkes minden ĂŒggyel kapcsolatban Ă©s igen elĆrelĂĄtĂł mĂłdon hoz döntĂ©seket. A legfontosabb pedig, ami a követek figyelmĂ©t sem kerĂŒlte el az volt, hogy RĂŒsztem - Ibrahimmal ellentĂ©tben - mindig a szultĂĄn alattvalĂłjakĂ©nt beszĂ©lt magĂĄrĂłl, a szultĂĄnhoz a vĂ©gletekig hƱsĂ©ges volt Ă©s hĂresen megvesztegethetetlen volt.
1544-ben vĂ©gĂŒl RĂŒsztem megkapta a nagyvezĂri cĂmet, melyet SzulejmĂĄn abban a tudatban adott neki, hogy tisztĂĄban volt vele, RĂŒsztem, HĂŒrrem Ă©s Mihrimah szövetsĂ©gese. RĂŒsztemet nagyvezĂrkĂ©nt a követek mindig dicsĂ©rtĂ©k Ă©s a szultĂĄn is elĂ©gedett volt vele. Legfontosabb sikere nagyvezĂrkĂ©nt az volt, hogy sikerĂŒlt a birodalmi kincstĂĄrat megtöltenie. Ehhez minden lĂ©tezĆ megoldĂĄst bevetett, pĂ©ldĂĄul attĂłl sem riadt vissza, hogy a palota kertjĂ©ben termĆ virĂĄgokat Ă©s zöldsĂ©geket eladja. Emiatt sokan kapzsinak Ă©s garasoskodĂłnak tartottĂĄk, ĂĄm ettĆl fĂŒggetlenĂŒl vĂ©gĂŒl neki sikerĂŒlt megoldani a birodalom anyagi problĂ©mĂĄit, melyeket Ibrahim korĂĄbban csak tovĂĄbb rontott. RĂŒsztem mĂĄsik zseniĂĄlis megoldĂĄsa a pĂ©nzszerzĂ©sre nem volt mĂĄs, mint a követektĆl kizsarolni, hogy minĂ©l drĂĄgĂĄbb ajĂĄndĂ©kokkal halmozzĂĄk el Ćt Ă©s a szultĂĄnt. Ha nem volt elĂ©g drĂĄga egy ajĂĄndĂ©k, egyszerƱen a követeket nem fogadta. Emiatt több követ is panaszkodott uralkodĂłjĂĄnak Ă©s szĂ©gyenkezve kĂ©rt több pĂ©nzt Ă©s ajĂĄndĂ©kot. Minden Ă©vben egyre többet kĂ©rt a követektĆl, melyet az egyik okos követ, Alvise Renier azzal kĂŒszöbölt ki, hogy kĂ©rĂ©s nĂ©lkĂŒl Ă©vente kĂŒldött 100 arany dukĂĄtot a pasĂĄnak, mielĆtt az többĂ©rt kĂ©rhetett volna. KapzsisĂĄgnak tƱnhet, azonban RĂŒsztem ezen ajĂĄndĂ©kok nagyrĂ©szĂ©t - a korĂĄbbi nagyvezĂrrel ellentĂ©tben - beszolgĂĄltatta a birodalmi kincstĂĄrba Ă©s csupĂĄn a szemĂ©lyesen neki Ă©rkezĆk egy rĂ©szĂ©t tartotta meg. RĂŒsztem "kapzsisĂĄga" volt az, ami SzulejmĂĄn uralkodĂĄsĂĄnak mĂĄsodik felĂ©re stabilan tartotta a birodalom anyagi hĂĄtterĂ©t, azonban ettĆl fĂŒggetlenĂŒl, RĂŒsztem nem volt nĂ©pszerƱ a nĂ©p szemĂ©ben.
A RĂŒsztem-HĂŒrrem-Mihrimah koalĂciĂł harca Musztafa herceg ellen
RĂŒsztem, mint Mihrimah fĂ©rje egyĂ©rtelmƱen elkötelezett volt Mihrimah öccsei irĂĄnt. KĂŒlönösen, hogy közelrĆl ismerte a hercegeket, mĂg MusztafĂĄval nem volt semmilyen kapcsolata. VĂ©lemĂ©nyem szerint Ă©ppen ezĂ©rt hiba RĂŒsztemet elĂtĂ©lni vĂĄlasztĂĄsa miatt. Melyik fĂ©rfi tĂĄmogatnĂĄ azt a herceget, aki veszĂ©lyt jelent felesĂ©gĂ©re Ă©s sĂłgoraira? Mindemellett Musztafa sosem kedvelte RĂŒsztem PasĂĄt, tehĂĄt a herceg oldalĂĄn biztos lefokozĂĄs vĂĄrta volna RĂŒsztemet.
Az, hogy a triumvirĂĄtus hogyan harcolt Musztafa ellen, pontosan nem ismert, hiszen nem hagytak maguk utĂĄn bizonyĂtĂ©kokat. Nagy valĂłszĂnƱsĂ©ggel az alapelvĂŒk az volt, hogy Musztafa minden - termĂ©szetesen elĆfordulĂł - hibĂĄjĂĄt Ă©s ballĂ©pĂ©sĂ©t a szultĂĄn elĂ© tĂĄrtĂĄk, mĂg HĂŒrrem fiai esetĂ©ben ezeket eltitkoltĂĄk. Ăgy tulajdonkĂ©ppen rĂĄgalmazĂĄs Ă©s hazugsĂĄgok nĂ©lkĂŒl tudtĂĄk meggyengĂteni MusztafĂĄt apja szemĂ©ben. Mindemellett RĂŒsztem nagyvezĂrkĂ©nt a szultĂĄn helyettese lett, Ă©s nagyon sok dologban dönthetett. Ăgy MusztafĂĄnak is tĆle kellett tĂĄmogatĂĄst kĂ©rni, amikor 1549-ben a grĂșzok meggyilkoltĂĄk Erzurum helytartĂłjĂĄt. Musztafa tĂĄmogatĂł hadsereget kĂ©rt RĂŒsztemtĆl, hogy kizavarhassa a grĂșzokat a birodalom hatĂĄrĂĄn tĂșlra. RĂŒsztem azonban figyelmen kĂvĂŒl hagyta majd elutasĂtotta a kĂ©rĂ©st, ugyanis veszĂ©lyes lett volna a nagy tĂĄmogatottsĂĄgĂș Musztafa herceg szĂĄmĂĄra katonĂĄkat kĂŒldeni. Emellett pedig Musztafa esetleges sikere tovĂĄbb növelte volna nĂ©pszerƱsĂ©gĂ©t Ă©s talĂĄn SzulejmĂĄn is elismerte volna fia erĂ©nyeit. Azonban nem szabad biztosnak lennĂŒnk abban, hogy mindez SzulejmĂĄn tudomĂĄsa nĂ©lkĂŒl zajlott. Igen valĂłszĂnƱ, hogy RĂŒsztem tudatta SzulejmĂĄnnal Musztafa kĂ©rĂ©sĂ©t. Musztafa nĂ©pszerƱsĂ©ge azonban eddigre mĂĄr veszĂ©lyeztette a szultĂĄn uralmĂĄt, Ăgy SzulejmĂĄnnak se ĂĄllt Ă©rdekĂ©ben sereget kĂŒldeni Musztafa szĂĄmĂĄra. NĂ©hĂĄny Ă©vvel kĂ©sĆbb hasonlĂł grĂșz tĂĄmadĂĄs zajlott le, hasonlĂł kimenetellel.
SzulejmĂĄn egĂ©szsĂ©ge fokozatosan romlott, a köszvĂ©nye egyre többször okozott szĂĄmĂĄra nehĂ©zsĂ©geket az 1540-es Ă©vek mĂĄsodik felĂ©tĆl kezdve, ezzel pedig mĂ©gtöbb teher nyomta RĂŒsztem vĂĄllĂĄt. Neki kellett a szultĂĄn helyett hadjĂĄratokat szervezni Ă©s vezetni. A nĂ©pnek Ă©s katonĂĄknak pedig nagyon nem tetszett a szultĂĄn tĂĄvollĂ©te Ă©s egyre több olyan pletyka kapott szĂĄrnyra, hogy a birodalomnak Ășj, harcos kedvƱ, egĂ©szsĂ©ges szultĂĄnra van szĂŒksĂ©ge. Ez a problĂ©ma 1552-ben csĂșcsosodott. RĂŒsztem vezette a hadsereget, amely 50 000 katonĂĄbĂłl ĂĄllt, melyek nagyrĂ©sze janicsĂĄr volt. Nemsokkal indulĂĄsuk utĂĄn hĂrt kapott arrĂłl, hogy a szultĂĄn nagyon beteg, talĂĄn a halĂĄlĂĄn van. RĂŒsztem ilyen körĂŒlmĂ©nyek között nem folytatta a hadjĂĄratot, hanem letĂĄborozott, hiszen fĂ©lt tĂĄvol kerĂŒlni a fĆvĂĄrostĂłl. AttĂłl tartott, hogy Musztafa ha hĂrĂ©t veszi az esemĂ©nyeknek a janicsĂĄrok Ă©lĂ©n könnyƱszerrel masĂrozhatna a fĆvĂĄrosba Ă©s vĂ©geztethetnĂ© ki HĂŒrrem fiait. A szultĂĄn egĂ©szsĂ©ge hamarosan javulni kezdett, Ăgy RĂŒsztem folytathatta a hadjĂĄratot. Azonban itt mĂ©g nem volt vĂ©ge a nehĂ©zsĂ©geknek. Amikor a hadsereg az Amasya Ă©s Konya közti keresztezĆdĂ©shez Ă©rt, a janicsĂĄrok Ășgy döntöttek, hogy tiszteletĂŒket teszik AmasyĂĄban jövendĆ szultĂĄnjuknak, MusztafĂĄnak. RĂŒsztem megparancsolta a janicsĂĄroknak, hogy ne hagyjĂĄk el a tĂĄbort Ă©s folytassĂĄk Ăștjukat, a janicsĂĄrok azonban mit sem törĆdve vele fellĂĄzadtak Ă©s legtöbbjĂŒk AmasyĂĄba vette az irĂĄnyt. RĂŒsztem a janicsĂĄrok vezetĆ agĂĄjĂĄval Ă©s nĂ©hĂĄny hƱsĂ©ges janicsĂĄrral egyĂŒtt folytatta ĂștjĂĄt Konya irĂĄnyĂĄba. Musztafa pedig tovĂĄbb tetĂ©zve a bajt vendĂ©gĂŒl lĂĄtta a janicsĂĄrokat Ă©s fogadta ĂŒdvözlĂ©sĂŒket. RĂŒsztem azonnal levelet Ărt a szultĂĄnnak az esemĂ©nyekrĆl, SzulejmĂĄn azonban nem hitte el, hogy fia ilyet tett volna Ă©s a janicsĂĄrokat tette meg egyedĂŒli felelĆsöknek. RĂŒsztem Isztambulba visszatĂ©rve Ășjra elmondta SzulejmĂĄnnak a törtĂ©nteket, bizonyĂtĂ©kokkal alĂĄtĂĄmasztva, hogy Musztafa bizony pĂ©nzt Ă©s Ă©telt osztott a janicsĂĄroknak. A szultĂĄn magĂĄbĂłl kikelve közölte RĂŒsztemmel, hogy ne beszĂ©ljen badarsĂĄgokat. RĂŒsztem azonban folytatta Ă©s elmesĂ©lte a tĂĄborban keringĆ pletykĂĄkat is, miszerint Musztafa lĂĄzadĂĄst tervez a szultĂĄn ellen Tahmasp Sah, perzsa uralkodĂł segĂtsĂ©gĂ©vel. SzulejmĂĄn bĂĄr tovĂĄbbra is elutasĂtĂł volt RĂŒsztemmel, minden bizonnyal gyanakodni kezdett fiĂĄra mert az eset kivizsgĂĄlĂĄsĂĄt rendelte el.
SzulejmĂĄn a következĆ Ă©vben, 1553-ban, hogy bizonyĂtsa alkalmassĂĄgĂĄt maga vezette csapatait harcba. 1553 augusztusĂĄban hagytĂĄk el Isztambult Ă©s indultak kelet felĂ©. SzulejmĂĄn cĂ©lja azonban elsĆsorban nem a hadjĂĄrat volt, hanem hadjĂĄrat ĂŒrĂŒgyĂ©n fia, Musztafa kivĂ©geztetĂ©se. Musztafa EreÄlinĂ©l csatlakozott apja csapataihoz Ă©s tĂĄmogatĂłinak ellenkezĂ©se ellenĂ©re is a szultĂĄn elĂ© jĂĄrult, aki a sĂĄtrĂĄban kivĂ©geztette. A herceg kivĂ©gzĂ©se hatalmas lĂĄzadĂĄst vĂĄltott ki a hadseregben, a katonĂĄk bƱnbakot követeltek. SzulejmĂĄn, hogy mentse önmagĂĄt Ă©s vele tartĂłzkodĂł fiait, RĂŒsztem pasĂĄt tette meg felelĆssĂ© Ă©s levĂĄltotta pozĂciĂłjĂĄbĂłl. Aznap Ă©jjel pedig RĂŒsztem titokban elhagyta a tĂĄbort, Ă©pp idĆben mert a dĂŒhös janicsĂĄrok nemsokkal kĂ©sĆbb betörtek sĂĄtrĂĄba Ă©s meg akartĂĄk lincselni. A követek akik tudĂłsĂtottak az esemĂ©nyekrĆl felvetettĂ©k annak lehetĆsĂ©gĂ©t, hogy RĂŒsztem maga kĂ©rte levĂĄltĂĄsĂĄt, hogy mentse sajĂĄt Ă©s a szultĂĄn Ă©letĂ©t is. Ez felveti annak a lehetĆsĂ©gĂ©t, hogy a szultĂĄn Ă©s RĂŒsztem valamilyen titkos egyezsĂ©get kötöttek, miszerint RĂŒsztem le lesz ugyan vĂĄltva, de az elsĆ adandĂł alkalommal Ășjra visszakerĂŒl majd pozĂciĂłjĂĄba. Ezt az eshetĆsĂ©get valĂłszĂnƱsĂti az is, hogy RĂŒsztem, bĂĄr mĂĄr nem volt nagyvezĂr, Isztambulba visszatĂ©rve tovĂĄbbra is Ășgy viselkedett, mint a nagyvezĂr. Annak dacĂĄra, hogy Kara Ahmed Pasa lett az Ășj nagyvezĂr, RĂŒsztem tovĂĄbbra is Ășgy fogadta a követeket palotĂĄjĂĄban, mintha mi sem törtĂ©nt volna. Emellett a mecsetbe is ugyanazzal a pompĂĄval Ă©s kĂsĂ©rettel jĂĄrt, mint korĂĄbban, sĆt egyĂ©rtelmƱen ki is mondta a követeknek, hogy ne aggĂłdjanak, hamarosan visszakerĂŒl pozĂciĂłjĂĄba. Ezt pedig a hƱsĂ©ges RĂŒsztem nem merte volna megtenni a szultĂĄn tudomĂĄsa nĂ©lkĂŒl. Neje Ă©s anyĂłsa vagy nem tudott a titkos egyessĂ©grĆl - vagy bölcsen Ășgy tettek, mintha nem tudnĂĄnak rĂłla -, ĂĄllandĂł jelleggel levelekkel bombĂĄztĂĄk SzulejmĂĄnt Ă©s kĂ©rtĂ©k, hogy bocsĂĄsson meg RĂŒsztemnek Ă©s adja vissza tisztsĂ©gĂ©t.
Vissza a csĂșcsra
Az Ășjonnan kinevezett nagyvezĂr, Kara Ahmed Pasa, SzulejmĂĄn sĂłgora, nem vĂĄltotta be a hozzĂĄ fƱzött remĂ©nyeket, Ăgy 1555-ben kivĂ©geztette a szultĂĄn. Sokan kivĂ©gzĂ©se mögött is a RĂŒsztem-HĂŒrrem-Mihrimah triumvirĂĄtust sejtik. Azonban azt sem lehet kizĂĄrni, hogy a szultĂĄn okkal vĂĄlasztotta a nem tĂșl alkalmas Kara Ahmedet nagyvezĂrnek, hogy mielĆbb visszahelyezhesse RĂŒsztemet a pozĂciĂłba. AkĂĄrhogyan is, Kara Ahmed halĂĄlĂĄval 1555. szeptember 29-Ă©n az Isztambulba Ă©pphogy visszatĂ©rĆ SzulejmĂĄn Ășjra kinevezte RĂŒsztemet nagyvezĂrrĂ©.
VisszatĂ©rĂ©se utĂĄn sajnĂĄlatosan nem sok bĂ©ke volt uralkodĂĄsa alatt. 1558-ban HĂŒrrem szultĂĄna egĂ©szsĂ©ge romlani kezdett. MĂĄr ez a tĂ©ny is mĂ©rhetetlenĂŒl lesĂșjtotta RĂŒsztemet. Egy ĂĄprilis eleji jelentĂ©s szerint a nagyvezĂr igen "lehangolt Ă©s gondterhelt" volt a haszeki szultĂĄna betegsĂ©ge miatt. Ăprilis 15-Ă©n pedig HĂŒrrem elhunyt, ezzel RĂŒsztem elveszĂtette egyik legbefolyĂĄsosabb tĂĄmogatĂłjĂĄt, szövetsĂ©gesĂ©t, akivel majd 20 Ă©vig dolgoztak egyĂŒtt. Minden beszĂĄmolĂł szerint RĂŒsztemet mĂ©lyen megviselte anyĂłsa halĂĄla. SajnĂĄlatos mĂłdon azonban nem volt ideje gyĂĄszolni. SzulejmĂĄn teljesen összetört, Ăgy RĂŒsztemnek kellett a szultĂĄn minden feladatĂĄt ellĂĄtni, tĂĄmogatnia kellett szintĂ©n összetört felesĂ©gĂ©t Ă©s lĂĄnyĂĄt is. Emellett pedig hamarosan elszabadult a pokol, amikor Bayezid herceg fellĂĄzadt apja ellen.
A legtöbb forrĂĄs Ășgy emlĂti, hogy RĂŒsztem Pasa Bayezid herceget favorizĂĄlta Szelimmel szemben, azonban nem tudjuk ennek pontos hĂĄtterĂ©t. Mindenesetre akĂĄrmennyire is kedvelte Ă©s tĂĄmogatta Bayezidet, egy ponton tĂșl Ć sem segĂthetett. A herceg a szultĂĄn többszöri kĂ©rĂ©sĂ©re sem fegyverkezett le Ă©s vĂ©gĂŒl a csata elvesztĂ©se utĂĄn SzulejmĂĄn legfĆbb ellensĂ©gĂ©hez Tahmasp Sahhoz menekĂŒlt. RĂŒsztem ezen esemĂ©nyek alatt ha akarta sem tudta volna megmenteni Bayezidet Ă©s egĂ©szsĂ©ge is rohamosan romlani kezdett 1560-ban.
Halåla és hagyatéka
RĂŒsztem 1561-ben vĂ©gĂŒl hosszas betegsĂ©g utĂĄn hunyt el jĂșlius 10-Ă©n. KĂ©szĂŒlt a halĂĄlra, ugyanis igen rĂ©szletes, precĂz vĂ©gakaratot hagyott hĂĄtra. Ebben vagyonĂĄnak Ă©s tulajdonainak mindegyikĂ©rĆl rendelkezett. LeĂrta, hogy vagyonĂĄnak mely rĂ©szĂ©t hagyja az ĂĄllamra, melyet alapĂtvĂĄnyaira, melyet HĂŒrrem szultĂĄna alapĂtvĂĄnyĂĄra Ă©s melyet Mihrimah szultĂĄna alapĂtvĂĄnyaira, valamint, hogy mit hagy szemĂ©lyes dolgai közĂŒl felesĂ©gĂ©re Ă©s lĂĄnyĂĄra, AyĆe HĂŒmaĆahra. JĂłtĂ©kony szervezeteinek egy rĂ©szĂ©t felesĂ©ge irĂĄnyĂtĂĄsĂĄra bĂzta, mĂĄsik rĂ©szĂ©t pedig lĂĄnyĂĄĂ©ra. Az, hogy fiĂĄra nem hagyott semmit felveti annak a lehetĆsĂ©gĂ©t, hogy OszmĂĄn apja elĆtt hunyt el.
BĂĄr a nĂ©p nem kedvelte, ma mĂĄr egyĂ©rtelmƱen tudjuk, hogy RĂŒsztem zseniĂĄlis megoldĂĄsainak volt köszönhetĆ, hogy a birodalom hanyatlĂĄsĂĄt sikerĂŒlt vĂ©gig eltitkolni SzulejmĂĄn uralkodĂĄsa alatt. RĂŒsztem egyike volt azon kevĂ©s ĂĄllamfĂ©rfinak, aki nem fogadott el kenĆpĂ©nzt, aki a szultĂĄn irĂĄnti hƱsĂ©gĂ©t minden elĂ© helyezte Ă©s aki termĂ©szetes halĂĄllal, eredeti pozĂciĂłjĂĄban, nagyvezĂrkĂ©nt hunyt el. Emellett RĂŒsztem, bĂĄr hatalmas vagyonnal rendelkezett rengetet jĂłtĂ©konykodott Ă©s meglehetĆsen szerĂ©nyen Ă©lt rangjĂĄhoz kĂ©pest.
RĂŒsztem nagy gondot fordĂtott sajĂĄt mecsetjĂ©nek Ă©pĂttetĂ©sĂ©re, azonban a halĂĄl közbe szĂłlt. MecsetjĂ©t - mely a mai Isztambul egyik legpompĂĄsabb mecsetje - vĂ©gĂŒl Mihrimah szultĂĄna fejeztette be. RĂŒsztem pedig - sajĂĄt komplexuma nem rĂ©vĂ©n alkalmas a temetĂ©sre - a Ćehzade mecset komplexumban nyugszik, közel Mehmed Ă©s Cihangir hercegekhez.
FelhasznĂĄlt forrĂĄsok: L. Peirce - The imperial harem; L. Peirce - Empress of the East; Z. Atçil - Why Did SĂŒleyman the Magnificent Execute His Son Ćehzade Mustafa in 1553; C. Imber - The Ottoman Empire 1300-1650; Y. Ăztuna - Kanuni Sultan SĂŒleyman
#rĂŒstem paĆa#rustem pasha#Suleyman I#KanuniSultanSĂŒleyman#Suleiman I#Suleiman the Magnificent#Mihrimah Sultan#Haseki HĂŒrrem Sultan#hĂŒrrem sultan#sehzade mustafa#sehzade bayezid#Sehzade mehmed#Sehzade Cihangir#sehzade selim
44 notes
·
View notes